<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=LegacyDave</id>
	<title>Joomla! Documentation - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=LegacyDave"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/Special:Contributions/LegacyDave"/>
	<updated>2026-06-26T03:22:05Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Help_screens&amp;diff=35396</id>
		<title>Help16:Help screens</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Help_screens&amp;diff=35396"/>
		<updated>2011-01-16T05:09:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Site Menu */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{ambox|type=notice|image=notice&lt;br /&gt;
|text = &#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE READ!&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Help16:Help_screens_styleguide|Joomla! 1.6 Wiki Help Screens Style Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Control Panel|Site_Control_Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
| cpanel/cpanel&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.cpanel.15|screen.cpanel]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Being updated by [[User:LegacyDave|LegacyDave]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Global Configuration|Site_Global_Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Global Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
| config/application&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.config.15|screen.config]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Global Check-in|Site_Maintenance_Global_Check-in]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Global Check-in&lt;br /&gt;
| checkin/checkin&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.checkin.15|screen.checkin]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready - edited by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Clear Cache|Site_Maintenance_Clear_Cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Clear Cache&lt;br /&gt;
| cache/cache&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.cache.15|screen.cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Purge Expired Cache|Site_Maintenance_Purge_Expired_Cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Purge Expired Cache&lt;br /&gt;
| cache/purge&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.tools.expired.cache.15|screen.tools.expired.cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site System Information|Site_System_Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; System Information&lt;br /&gt;
| admin/sysinfo&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.system.info.15|screen.system.info]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work - see talk page - [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Users Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_User_Manager|Users_User_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; User Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| users/users&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.15|screen.users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_User_Manager_Edit|Users_User_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; User Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/user&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.edit.15|screen.users.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Groups|Users_Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Groups&lt;br /&gt;
| users/groups&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Groups_Edit|Users_Groups_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Groups -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/group&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Access_Levels|Users_Access_Levels]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Access Levels&lt;br /&gt;
| users/levels&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Access_Levels_Edit|Users_Access_Levels_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Access Levels -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/level&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Mass_Mail_Users|Users_Mass_Mail_Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Mass Mail Users&lt;br /&gt;
| users/mail&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.massmail.15|screen.users.massmail]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Options|Users_Options]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Options&lt;br /&gt;
| users/options&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| In progress&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Menus Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menus_Menu_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menus&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menumanager.15|screen.menumanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager_Edit|Menus_Menu_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menu&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menumanager.new.15|screen.menumanager.new]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menus_Menu_Item_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name]&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/items&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menus.15|screen.menus]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/item&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menus.edit.15|screen.menus.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menu Item Types ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=25%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=43%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=15%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Contact Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Contacts in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Single_Contact|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Single_Contact]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single Contact&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/contact&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Featured|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Featured]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Featured Contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All News Feed Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List News Feeds in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Single_Newsfeed|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Single_Newsfeed]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single News Feed&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/newsfeed&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Web Link Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Web Links in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Submit a Web Link&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/form&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Archived|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Archived]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Archived Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/archive&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Single_Article|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Single_Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single Article&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/article&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_Blog|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_Blog]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Category Blog&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_List|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_List]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Category List&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Featured|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Featured]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Featured Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Create|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Create]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Create Article&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/form&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Search_Results|Menus_Menu_Item_Search_Results]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Search Results&lt;br /&gt;
| com_search/search&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Login Form&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/login&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; User Profile&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/profile&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Edit User Profile&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/profile&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Registration Form&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/registration&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Username Reminder Request&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/remind&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Password Reset&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/reset&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Wrapper|Menus_Menu_Item_Wrapper]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Iframe Wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| com_wrapper/wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Content Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Content_Article_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Article Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| content/articles&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.15|screen.content]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Content_Article_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Article Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| content/article&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.edit.15|screen.content.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Components_Content_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Category Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.categories.15|screen.content.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Content_Categories_Edit|Components_Content_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Category Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.categories.edit.15|screen.content.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Featured_Articles|Content_Featured_Articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Featured Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| content/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.frontpage.15|screen.frontpage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Content_Media_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Media Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| media/media&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.mediamanager.15|screen.mediamanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Components Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Banners|Components_Banners_Banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Banners&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/banners&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.15|screen.banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Banners_Edit|Components_Banners_Banners_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/banner&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.edit.15|screen.banners.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Clients|Components_Banners_Clients]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Clients&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/clients&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.client.15|screen.banners.client]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Clients_Edit|Components_Banners_Clients_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Clients -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/client&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.client.edit.15|screen.banners.client.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Tracks|Components_Banners_Tracks]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Tracks&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/tracks&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Categories|Components_Banners_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banner.categories.15|screen.banner.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Categories_Edit|Components_Banners_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banner.categories.edit.15|screen.banner.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Components_Contacts_Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| contact/contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contactmanager.15|screen.contactmanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contacts_Contacts_Edit|Components_Contacts_Contacts_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| contact/contact&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contactmanager.edit.15|screen.contactmanager.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contact_Categories|Components_Contact_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contact_details.categories.15|screen.contact_details.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contact_Categories_Edit|Components_Contact_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contact_details.categories.edit.15|screen.contact_details.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Write|Components_Messaging_Write]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; New Private Message&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.edit.15|screen.messages.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max  Reviewed by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Inbox|Components_Messaging_Inbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; Read Private Messages&lt;br /&gt;
| messages/messages&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.inbox.15|screen.messages.inbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max  Reviewed by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Read|Components_Messaging_Read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; Read Private Messages -&amp;gt; [Message]&lt;br /&gt;
| messages/message&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.read.15|screen.messages.read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by max  Reviewed by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds|Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
| newsfeeds/newsfeeds&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.15|screen.newsfeeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max  Reviewed by [[User:219jondn|Jon Neubauer]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit|Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Feeds -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| newsfeeds/newsfeed&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.edit.15|screen.newsfeeds.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories|Components_Newsfeeds_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.categories.15|screen.newsfeeds.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit|Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit.15|screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Search|Components_Search]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Search&lt;br /&gt;
| search/searches&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.stats.searches.15|screen.stats.searches]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-03)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Links|Components_Weblinks_Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Links&lt;br /&gt;
| weblinks/weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblink.15|screen.weblink]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit|Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Links -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| weblinks/weblink&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.screen.weblink.edit.15|screen.weblink.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-03)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Categories|Components_Weblinks_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblinks.categories.15|screen.weblinks.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblinks.categories.edit.15|screen.weblinks.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-12-31)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Redirect_Manager|Components_Redirect_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Redirect Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| redirect/links&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Redirect_Manager_Edit|Components_Redirect_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Redirect Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| redirect/link&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Extensions Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Install&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/install&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.installer.15|screen.installer]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Update|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Update&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/update&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Manage|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Manage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Manage&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/manage&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Discover|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Discover]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Discover&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/discover&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Warnings|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Warnings]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Warnings&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/warnings&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Extensions_Module_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/modules&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modules.15|screen.modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Site_New|Extensions_Module_Manager_Site_New]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Site -&amp;gt; New&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modulessite.edit.15|screen.modulessite.edit.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Administrator_New|Extensions_Module_Manager_Administrator_New]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Administrator -&amp;gt; New&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15|screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Module_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modules.edit.15|screen.modules.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Plugin_Manager|Extensions_Plugin_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Plugin Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| plugins/plugins&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.plugins.15|screen.plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Plugin_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Plugin_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Plugin Manager -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| plugins/plugin&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.plugins.edit.15|screen.plugins.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Styles&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/styles&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles_Edit|Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Styles -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/style&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/templates&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/template&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit_Source|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit_Source]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; [Template] -&amp;gt; Edit [Source]&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/source&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Installed&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/installed&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.languages.15|screen.languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Content|Extensions_Language_Manager_Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Content&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/languages&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Language_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Content -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/language&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.languages.edit.15|screen.languages.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Module Manager Module Types ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=25%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=43%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=15%|Module&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Archive|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Archive]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Archived Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_archive&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Categories|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Category|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles Category&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_News|Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_News]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Latest News&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_latest&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Newsflash|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Newsflash]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles - Newsflash&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_news&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Most_Read|Extensions_Module_Manager_Most_Read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Most Read Content&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_popular&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Banners|Extensions_Module_Manager_Banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Banners&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_banners&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Breadcrumbs|Extensions_Module_Manager_Breadcrumbs]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Breadcrumbs&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_breadcrumbs&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Custom_HTML|Extensions_Module_Manager_Custom_HTML]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Custom HTML&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_custom&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Feed_Display|Extensions_Module_Manager_Feed_Display]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Feed Display&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_feed&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Footer|Extensions_Module_Manager_Footer]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Footer&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_footer&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Language_Switcher|Extensions_Module_Manager_Language_Switcher]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Language Switcher&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_languages&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Login|Extensions_Module_Manager_Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Login&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_login&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Menu|Extensions_Module_Manager_Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Menu&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_menu&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Random_Image|Extensions_Module_Manager_Random_Image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Random Image&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_random_image&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Related|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Related]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles - Related Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_related_items&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Search|Extensions_Module_Manager_Search]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Search&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_search&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Statistics|Extensions_Module_Manager_Statistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Statistics&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_stats&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Syndication_Feeds|Extensions_Module_Manager_Syndication_Feeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Syndication Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_syndicate&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_Users|Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Latest Users&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_users_latest&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Weblinks|Extensions_Module_Manager_Weblinks]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Who_Online|Extensions_Module_Manager_Who_Online]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Who&#039;s Online&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_whosonline&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Wrapper|Extensions_Module_Manager_Wrapper]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16_talk:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35393</id>
		<title>Help16 talk:Admin My Profile Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16_talk:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35393"/>
		<updated>2011-01-16T05:06:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: New page: Done to end of toolbar. Items after that still need to be updated.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Done to end of toolbar. Items after that still need to be updated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35392</id>
		<title>Help16:Admin My Profile Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35392"/>
		<updated>2011-01-16T05:04:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add or edit the administrator profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;amp;rarr; Control Panel &amp;amp;rarr; Edit Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menu of the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla! Administrator Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;My Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; screen is new to Joomla! 1.6. It allows you to enter the administrator information. This used to be accessed under the user profile iin previous Joomla! versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
NONE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit-Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Save}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|SaveAndClose}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Outline==&lt;br /&gt;
What this does&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
Gives some advice to a person, recommends the best options based on a wide audience of developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To edit installed templates: [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Template Manager|Styles}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35391</id>
		<title>Help16:Admin My Profile Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35391"/>
		<updated>2011-01-16T05:04:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add or edit the administrator profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;amp;rarr; Control Panel &amp;amp;rarr; Edit Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menu of the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla! Administrator Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;My Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; screen is new to Joomla! 1.6. It allows you to enter the administrator information. This used to be accessed under the user profile iin previous Joomla! versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
NONE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit-Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Save}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|SaveAndClose}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Outline==&lt;br /&gt;
What this does&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
Gives some advice to a person, recommends the best options based on a wide audience of developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To edit installed templates: [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Template Manager|Styles}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35388</id>
		<title>Help16:Admin My Profile Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35388"/>
		<updated>2011-01-16T04:58:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add or edit the administrator profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;amp;rarr; Control Panel &amp;amp;rarr; Edit Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menu of the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla! Administrator Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;My Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; screen is new to Joomla! 1.6. It allows you to enter the administrator information. This used to be accessed under the user profile iin previous Joomla! versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
NONE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit-Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Chunk16:tollbaricon|Save]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Chunk16:tollbaricon|Save &amp;amp; Close]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Outline==&lt;br /&gt;
What this does&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
Gives some advice to a person, recommends the best options based on a wide audience of developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To edit installed templates: [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Template Manager|Styles}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35386</id>
		<title>Help16:Admin My Profile Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35386"/>
		<updated>2011-01-16T04:54:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add or edit the administrator profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;amp;rarr; Control Panel &amp;amp;rarr; Edit Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menu of the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla! Administrator Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;My Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; screen is new to Joomla! 1.6. It allows you to enter the administrator information. This used to be accessed under the user profile iin previous Joomla! versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
NONE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit-Toolbar.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Make Default.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Duplicate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Outline==&lt;br /&gt;
What this does&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
Gives some advice to a person, recommends the best options based on a wide audience of developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To edit installed templates: [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Template Manager|Styles}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit-Toolbar.png&amp;diff=35385</id>
		<title>File:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit-Toolbar.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit-Toolbar.png&amp;diff=35385"/>
		<updated>2011-01-16T04:53:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: Includes Save, Save &amp;amp; Close. Close, and Help buttons&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
Includes Save, Save &amp;amp; Close. Close, and Help buttons&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing: ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{JEDL}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35376</id>
		<title>Help16:Admin My Profile Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35376"/>
		<updated>2011-01-16T04:32:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add or edit the administrator profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;amp;rarr; Control Panel &amp;amp;rarr; Edit Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menu of the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla! Administrator Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;My Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; screen is new to Joomla! 1.6. It allows you to enter the administrator information. This used to be accessed under the user profile iin previous Joomla! versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
NONE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-toolbar.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Make Default.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Duplicate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Outline==&lt;br /&gt;
What this does&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
Gives some advice to a person, recommends the best options based on a wide audience of developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To edit installed templates: [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Template Manager|Styles}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35373</id>
		<title>Help16:Admin My Profile Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35373"/>
		<updated>2011-01-16T04:28:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add or edit the administrator profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;amp;rarr; Control Panel &amp;amp;rarr; Edit Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menu of the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla! Administrator Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;My Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; screen is new to Joomla! 1.6. It allows you to enter the administrator information. This used to be accessed under the user profile iin previous Joomla! versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
NONE&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-toolbar.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Make Default.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Duplicate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
Gives some advice to a person, recommends the best options based on a wide audience of developers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To edit installed templates: [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Template Manager|Styles}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35371</id>
		<title>Help16:Admin My Profile Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35371"/>
		<updated>2011-01-16T04:17:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Screenshot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add or edit the administrator profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;amp;rarr; Control Panel &amp;amp;rarr; Edit Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menu of the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla! Administrator Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;My Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; screen is new to Joomla! 1.6. It allows you to enter the administrator information. This used to be accessed under the user profile iin previous Joomla! versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Checkbox}} &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Style.&#039;&#039;&#039; The style name. The default style that is installed with a new template will have &#039;-Default&#039; at the end of its name.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Location.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether the style is a public front-end or an administrator back-end style. &#039;Site&#039; means it is a public front-end style. &#039;Administrator&#039; means it is an administrator back-end style.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the template which the style was derived from.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the style is the default applied to pages which do not have a specific style configured. A gold star means the style is the default. There can be only one default style set for locations. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assigned.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the template is configured on a web page. A green circle with a white check mark in it means the style is being used on at least one web page of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter by Partial Title====&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items by typing in part of the Title or the ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:listfiltering|Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter by Location and Template====&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, there are two drop-down list boxes as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-filter-attributes.png|center]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will be displayed in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Location.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Template.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Number of Items to Display====&lt;br /&gt;
Below the list you&#039;ll find:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_list_Display_Count}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-toolbar.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Make Default.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Duplicate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Options==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Options button to open the &#039;&#039;&#039;Template Manager Options &#039;&#039;&#039; window which lets you configure this component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-options.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Buttons Common to All Tabs===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsSaveClose}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsSave}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsCancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Templates Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Preview Module Positions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_intro}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-options-permissions.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_intro}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_admin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_manage}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_create}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_delete}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_edit_state}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar Links==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left, above the Filter, you will see the following two links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-links.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Styles.&#039;&#039;&#039; This link takes you to the screen you are currently on.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Templates.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this link to go to the [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]] screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To edit installed templates: [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Template Manager|Styles}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit.png&amp;diff=35370</id>
		<title>File:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-Admin-My-Profile-Edit.png&amp;diff=35370"/>
		<updated>2011-01-16T04:16:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: Screenshot of the My Profile Edit page.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Summary ==&lt;br /&gt;
Screenshot of the My Profile Edit page.&lt;br /&gt;
== Licensing: ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{JEDL}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35369</id>
		<title>Help16:Admin My Profile Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35369"/>
		<updated>2011-01-16T04:10:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Description */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add or edit the administrator profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;amp;rarr; Control Panel &amp;amp;rarr; Edit Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menu of the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla! Administrator Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;My Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; screen is new to Joomla! 1.6. It allows you to enter the administrator information. This used to be accessed under the user profile iin previous Joomla! versions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Checkbox}} &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Style.&#039;&#039;&#039; The style name. The default style that is installed with a new template will have &#039;-Default&#039; at the end of its name.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Location.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether the style is a public front-end or an administrator back-end style. &#039;Site&#039; means it is a public front-end style. &#039;Administrator&#039; means it is an administrator back-end style.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the template which the style was derived from.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the style is the default applied to pages which do not have a specific style configured. A gold star means the style is the default. There can be only one default style set for locations. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assigned.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the template is configured on a web page. A green circle with a white check mark in it means the style is being used on at least one web page of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter by Partial Title====&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items by typing in part of the Title or the ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:listfiltering|Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter by Location and Template====&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, there are two drop-down list boxes as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-filter-attributes.png|center]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will be displayed in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Location.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Template.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Number of Items to Display====&lt;br /&gt;
Below the list you&#039;ll find:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_list_Display_Count}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-toolbar.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Make Default.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Duplicate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Options==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Options button to open the &#039;&#039;&#039;Template Manager Options &#039;&#039;&#039; window which lets you configure this component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-options.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Buttons Common to All Tabs===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsSaveClose}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsSave}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsCancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Templates Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Preview Module Positions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_intro}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-options-permissions.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_intro}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_admin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_manage}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_create}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_delete}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_edit_state}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar Links==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left, above the Filter, you will see the following two links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-links.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Styles.&#039;&#039;&#039; This link takes you to the screen you are currently on.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Templates.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this link to go to the [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]] screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To edit installed templates: [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Template Manager|Styles}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35368</id>
		<title>Help16:Admin My Profile Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35368"/>
		<updated>2011-01-16T04:03:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* How to access */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add or edit the administrator profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;amp;rarr; Control Panel &amp;amp;rarr; Edit Profile&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menu of the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla! Administrator Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Template Manager: Styles&#039;&#039;&#039; screen is new to Joomla! 1.6. It allows you to manage template styles which you can then apply to your Joomla! installation. You can specify the default style to be applied to web pages in the public and administrator interfaces. You can also configure different styles for the various menu item web pages on your site. Styles allow to you have multiple different configurations of a template saved and then apply them on a site-wide or per-page basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Checkbox}} &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Style.&#039;&#039;&#039; The style name. The default style that is installed with a new template will have &#039;-Default&#039; at the end of its name.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Location.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether the style is a public front-end or an administrator back-end style. &#039;Site&#039; means it is a public front-end style. &#039;Administrator&#039; means it is an administrator back-end style.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the template which the style was derived from.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the style is the default applied to pages which do not have a specific style configured. A gold star means the style is the default. There can be only one default style set for locations. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assigned.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the template is configured on a web page. A green circle with a white check mark in it means the style is being used on at least one web page of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter by Partial Title====&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items by typing in part of the Title or the ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:listfiltering|Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter by Location and Template====&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, there are two drop-down list boxes as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-filter-attributes.png|center]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will be displayed in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Location.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Template.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Number of Items to Display====&lt;br /&gt;
Below the list you&#039;ll find:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_list_Display_Count}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-toolbar.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Make Default.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Duplicate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Options==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Options button to open the &#039;&#039;&#039;Template Manager Options &#039;&#039;&#039; window which lets you configure this component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-options.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Buttons Common to All Tabs===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsSaveClose}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsSave}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsCancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Templates Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Preview Module Positions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_intro}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-options-permissions.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_intro}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_admin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_manage}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_create}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_delete}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_edit_state}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar Links==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left, above the Filter, you will see the following two links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-links.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Styles.&#039;&#039;&#039; This link takes you to the screen you are currently on.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Templates.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this link to go to the [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]] screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To edit installed templates: [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Template Manager|Styles}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35367</id>
		<title>Help16:Admin My Profile Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35367"/>
		<updated>2011-01-16T04:01:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Overview */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
Add or edit the administrator profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Extensions &amp;amp;rarr; Template Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menu of the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla! Administrator Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can also select the &#039;Styles&#039; menu link from the [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]] screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Template Manager: Styles&#039;&#039;&#039; screen is new to Joomla! 1.6. It allows you to manage template styles which you can then apply to your Joomla! installation. You can specify the default style to be applied to web pages in the public and administrator interfaces. You can also configure different styles for the various menu item web pages on your site. Styles allow to you have multiple different configurations of a template saved and then apply them on a site-wide or per-page basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Checkbox}} &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Style.&#039;&#039;&#039; The style name. The default style that is installed with a new template will have &#039;-Default&#039; at the end of its name.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Location.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether the style is a public front-end or an administrator back-end style. &#039;Site&#039; means it is a public front-end style. &#039;Administrator&#039; means it is an administrator back-end style.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the template which the style was derived from.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the style is the default applied to pages which do not have a specific style configured. A gold star means the style is the default. There can be only one default style set for locations. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assigned.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the template is configured on a web page. A green circle with a white check mark in it means the style is being used on at least one web page of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter by Partial Title====&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items by typing in part of the Title or the ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:listfiltering|Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter by Location and Template====&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, there are two drop-down list boxes as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-filter-attributes.png|center]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will be displayed in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Location.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Template.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Number of Items to Display====&lt;br /&gt;
Below the list you&#039;ll find:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_list_Display_Count}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-toolbar.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Make Default.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Duplicate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Options==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Options button to open the &#039;&#039;&#039;Template Manager Options &#039;&#039;&#039; window which lets you configure this component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-options.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Buttons Common to All Tabs===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsSaveClose}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsSave}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsCancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Templates Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Preview Module Positions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_intro}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-options-permissions.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_intro}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_admin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_manage}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_create}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_delete}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_edit_state}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar Links==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left, above the Filter, you will see the following two links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-links.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Styles.&#039;&#039;&#039; This link takes you to the screen you are currently on.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Templates.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this link to go to the [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]] screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To edit installed templates: [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Template Manager|Styles}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35366</id>
		<title>Help16:Admin My Profile Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35366"/>
		<updated>2011-01-16T03:58:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Overview */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
This screen is accessed from the back-end Joomla! administrator panel. Click on the My Profile icon. This is where the administrator profile is edited.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Extensions &amp;amp;rarr; Template Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menu of the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla! Administrator Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can also select the &#039;Styles&#039; menu link from the [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]] screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Template Manager: Styles&#039;&#039;&#039; screen is new to Joomla! 1.6. It allows you to manage template styles which you can then apply to your Joomla! installation. You can specify the default style to be applied to web pages in the public and administrator interfaces. You can also configure different styles for the various menu item web pages on your site. Styles allow to you have multiple different configurations of a template saved and then apply them on a site-wide or per-page basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Checkbox}} &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Style.&#039;&#039;&#039; The style name. The default style that is installed with a new template will have &#039;-Default&#039; at the end of its name.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Location.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether the style is a public front-end or an administrator back-end style. &#039;Site&#039; means it is a public front-end style. &#039;Administrator&#039; means it is an administrator back-end style.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the template which the style was derived from.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the style is the default applied to pages which do not have a specific style configured. A gold star means the style is the default. There can be only one default style set for locations. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assigned.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the template is configured on a web page. A green circle with a white check mark in it means the style is being used on at least one web page of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter by Partial Title====&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items by typing in part of the Title or the ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:listfiltering|Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter by Location and Template====&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, there are two drop-down list boxes as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-filter-attributes.png|center]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will be displayed in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Location.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Template.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Number of Items to Display====&lt;br /&gt;
Below the list you&#039;ll find:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_list_Display_Count}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-toolbar.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Make Default.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Duplicate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Options==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Options button to open the &#039;&#039;&#039;Template Manager Options &#039;&#039;&#039; window which lets you configure this component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-options.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Buttons Common to All Tabs===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsSaveClose}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsSave}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsCancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Templates Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Preview Module Positions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_intro}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-options-permissions.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_intro}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_admin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_manage}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_create}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_delete}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_edit_state}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar Links==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left, above the Filter, you will see the following two links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-links.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Styles.&#039;&#039;&#039; This link takes you to the screen you are currently on.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Templates.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this link to go to the [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]] screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To edit installed templates: [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Template Manager|Styles}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35365</id>
		<title>Help16:Admin My Profile Edit</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit&amp;diff=35365"/>
		<updated>2011-01-16T03:51:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: New page: == Overview == This screen is accessed from the back-end Joomla! administrator panel. It is used to manage templates in your Joomla! website.  ==How to access== * Select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Extensions &amp;amp;rar...&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Overview ==&lt;br /&gt;
This screen is accessed from the back-end Joomla! administrator panel. It is used to manage templates in your Joomla! website.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
* Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Extensions &amp;amp;rarr; Template Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; from the drop-down menu of the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Joomla! Administrator Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. You can also select the &#039;Styles&#039; menu link from the [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]] screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Template Manager: Styles&#039;&#039;&#039; screen is new to Joomla! 1.6. It allows you to manage template styles which you can then apply to your Joomla! installation. You can specify the default style to be applied to web pages in the public and administrator interfaces. You can also configure different styles for the various menu item web pages on your site. Styles allow to you have multiple different configurations of a template saved and then apply them on a site-wide or per-page basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-screen.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Column Headers==&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the column heading to sort the list by that column&#039;s value.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Checkbox}} &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Style.&#039;&#039;&#039; The style name. The default style that is installed with a new template will have &#039;-Default&#039; at the end of its name.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Location.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether the style is a public front-end or an administrator back-end style. &#039;Site&#039; means it is a public front-end style. &#039;Administrator&#039; means it is an administrator back-end style.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Template.&#039;&#039;&#039; The name of the template which the style was derived from.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Default.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the style is the default applied to pages which do not have a specific style configured. A gold star means the style is the default. There can be only one default style set for locations. &lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Assigned.&#039;&#039;&#039; Whether or not the template is configured on a web page. A green circle with a white check mark in it means the style is being used on at least one web page of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:colheader|Id}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==List Filters==&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter by Partial Title====&lt;br /&gt;
You can filter the list of items by typing in part of the Title or the ID number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:listfiltering|Filter}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Filter by Location and Template====&lt;br /&gt;
In the upper right area, above the column headings, there are two drop-down list boxes as shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-filter-attributes.png|center]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The selections may be combined. Only items matching all selections will be displayed in the list.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Location.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Select Template.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Number of Items to Display====&lt;br /&gt;
Below the list you&#039;ll find:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_list_Display_Count}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-toolbar.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Make Default.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Duplicate.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Delete.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Options}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Options==&lt;br /&gt;
Click the Options button to open the &#039;&#039;&#039;Template Manager Options &#039;&#039;&#039; window which lets you configure this component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-options.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Buttons Common to All Tabs===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsSaveClose}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsSave}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:buttons|OptionsCancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Templates Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Preview Module Positions.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Permissions Tab===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_intro}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-options-permissions.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_intro}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_admin}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_manage}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_create}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_delete}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_edit}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_columns_edit_state}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar Links==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top left, above the Filter, you will see the following two links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-extensions-template_manager-styles-links.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Styles.&#039;&#039;&#039; This link takes you to the screen you are currently on.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Templates.&#039;&#039;&#039; Click this link to go to the [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]] screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* To edit installed templates: [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Template Manager: Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.6|Template Manager|Styles}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=User:LegacyDave&amp;diff=33769</id>
		<title>User:LegacyDave</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=User:LegacyDave&amp;diff=33769"/>
		<updated>2010-12-28T19:07:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: New page: Hi, This is Dave.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Hi, This is Dave.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Help_screens&amp;diff=33768</id>
		<title>Help16:Help screens</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Help_screens&amp;diff=33768"/>
		<updated>2010-12-28T19:06:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Site Menu */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{ambox|type=notice|image=notice&lt;br /&gt;
|text = &#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE READ!&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Help16:Help_screens_styleguide|Joomla! 1.6 Wiki Help Screens Style Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Control Panel|Site_Control_Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
| cpanel/cpanel&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.cpanel.15|screen.cpanel]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Being updated to RC1 by [[User:LegacyDave|LegacyDave]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Global Configuration|Site_Global_Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Global Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
| config/application&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.config.15|screen.config]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Global Check-in|Site_Maintenance_Global_Check-in]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Global Check-in&lt;br /&gt;
| checkin/checkin&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.checkin.15|screen.checkin]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Clear Cache|Site_Maintenance_Clear_Cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Clear Cache&lt;br /&gt;
| cache/cache&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.cache.15|screen.cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Purge Expired Cache|Site_Maintenance_Purge_Expired_Cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Purge Expired Cache&lt;br /&gt;
| cache/purge&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.tools.expired.cache.15|screen.tools.expired.cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site System Information|Site_System_Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; System Information&lt;br /&gt;
| admin/sysinfo&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.system.info.15|screen.system.info]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Users Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_User_Manager|Users_User_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; User Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| users/users&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.15|screen.users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_User_Manager_Edit|Users_User_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; User Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/user&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.edit.15|screen.users.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Groups|Users_Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Groups&lt;br /&gt;
| users/groups&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Groups_Edit|Users_Groups_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Groups -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/group&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Access_Levels|Users_Access_Levels]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Access Levels&lt;br /&gt;
| users/levels&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Access_Levels_Edit|Users_Access_Levels_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Access Levels -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/level&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Mass_Mail_Users|Users_Mass_Mail_Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Mass Mail Users&lt;br /&gt;
| users/mail&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.massmail.15|screen.users.massmail]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Menus Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menus_Menu_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menus&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menumanager.15|screen.menumanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager_Edit|Menus_Menu_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menu&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menumanager.new.15|screen.menumanager.new]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menus_Menu_Item_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name]&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/items&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menus.15|screen.menus]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/item&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menus.edit.15|screen.menus.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menu Item Types ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=25%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=43%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=15%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Contact Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Contacts in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Single_Contact|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Single_Contact]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single Contact&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/contact&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Featured|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Featured]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Featured Contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All News Feed Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List News Feeds in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Single_Newsfeed|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Single_Newsfeed]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single News Feed&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/newsfeed&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Web Link Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Web Links in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Submit a Web Link&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/form&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Archived|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Archived]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Archived Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/archive&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Single_Article|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Single_Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single Article&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/article&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_Blog|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_Blog]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Category Blog&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_List|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_List]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Category List&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Featured|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Featured]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Featured Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Create|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Create]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Create Article&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/form&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Search_Results|Menus_Menu_Item_Search_Results]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Search Results&lt;br /&gt;
| com_search/search&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Login Form&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/login&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; User Profile&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/profile&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Edit User Profile&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/profile&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Registration Form&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/registration&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Username Reminder Request&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/remind&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Password Reset&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/reset&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Wrapper|Menus_Menu_Item_Wrapper]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Iframe Wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| com_wrapper/wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Content Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Content_Article_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Article Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| content/articles&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.15|screen.content]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Content_Article_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Article Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| content/article&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.edit.15|screen.content.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Components_Content_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Category Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.categories.15|screen.content.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Content_Categories_Edit|Components_Content_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Category Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.categories.edit.15|screen.content.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Featured_Articles|Content_Featured_Articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Featured Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| content/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.frontpage.15|screen.frontpage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Content_Media_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Media Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| media/media&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.mediamanager.15|screen.mediamanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Components Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Banners|Components_Banners_Banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Banners&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/banners&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.15|screen.banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Banners_Edit|Components_Banners_Banners_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/banner&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.edit.15|screen.banners.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Clients|Components_Banners_Clients]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Clients&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/clients&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.client.15|screen.banners.client]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Clients_Edit|Components_Banners_Clients_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Clients -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/client&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.client.edit.15|screen.banners.client.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Tracks|Components_Banners_Tracks]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Tracks&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/tracks&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Categories|Components_Banners_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banner.categories.15|screen.banner.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Categories_Edit|Components_Banners_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banner.categories.edit.15|screen.banner.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Components_Contacts_Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| contact/contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contactmanager.15|screen.contactmanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contacts_Contacts_Edit|Components_Contacts_Contacts_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| contact/contact&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contactmanager.edit.15|screen.contactmanager.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contact_Categories|Components_Contact_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contact_details.categories.15|screen.contact_details.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contact_Categories_Edit|Components_Contact_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contact_details.categories.edit.15|screen.contact_details.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Write|Components_Messaging_Write]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; New Private Message&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.edit.15|screen.messages.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Inbox|Components_Messaging_Inbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; Read Private Messages&lt;br /&gt;
| messages/messages&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.inbox.15|screen.messages.inbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Read|Components_Messaging_Read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; Read Private Messages -&amp;gt; [Message]&lt;br /&gt;
| messages/message&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.read.15|screen.messages.read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds|Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
| newsfeeds/newsfeeds&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.15|screen.newsfeeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit|Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Feeds -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| newsfeeds/newsfeed&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.edit.15|screen.newsfeeds.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories|Components_Newsfeeds_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.categories.15|screen.newsfeeds.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit|Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit.15|screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Search|Components_Search]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Search&lt;br /&gt;
| search/searches&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.stats.searches.15|screen.stats.searches]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-03)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Links|Components_Weblinks_Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Links&lt;br /&gt;
| weblinks/weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblink.15|screen.weblink]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit|Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Links -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| weblinks/weblink&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.screen.weblink.edit.15|screen.weblink.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-03)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Categories|Components_Weblinks_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblinks.categories.15|screen.weblinks.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblinks.categories.edit.15|screen.weblinks.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Redirect_Manager|Components_Redirect_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Redirect Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| redirect/links&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Redirect_Manager_Edit|Components_Redirect_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Redirect Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| redirect/link&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Extensions Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Install&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/install&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.installer.15|screen.installer]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Update|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Update&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/update&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Manage|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Manage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Manage&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/manage&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Discover|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Discover]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Discover&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/discover&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Warnings|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Warnings]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Warnings&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/warnings&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Extensions_Module_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/modules&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modules.15|screen.modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Site_New|Extensions_Module_Manager_Site_New]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Site -&amp;gt; New&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modulessite.edit.15|screen.modulessite.edit.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Administrator_New|Extensions_Module_Manager_Administrator_New]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Administrator -&amp;gt; New&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15|screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Module_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modules.edit.15|screen.modules.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Plugin_Manager|Extensions_Plugin_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Plugin Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| plugins/plugins&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.plugins.15|screen.plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Plugin_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Plugin_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Plugin Manager -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| plugins/plugin&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.plugins.edit.15|screen.plugins.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Styles&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/styles&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles_Edit|Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Styles -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/style&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/templates&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/template&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit_Source|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit_Source]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; [Template] -&amp;gt; Edit [Source]&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/source&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Installed&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/installed&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.languages.15|screen.languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Content|Extensions_Language_Manager_Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Content&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/languages&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Language_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Content -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/language&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.languages.edit.15|screen.languages.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Module Manager Module Types ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=25%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=43%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=15%|Module&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Archive|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Archive]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Archived Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_archive&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Categories|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Category|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles Category&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_News|Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_News]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Latest News&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_latest&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Newsflash|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Newsflash]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles - Newsflash&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_news&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Most_Read|Extensions_Module_Manager_Most_Read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Most Read Content&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_popular&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Banners|Extensions_Module_Manager_Banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Banners&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_banners&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Breadcrumbs|Extensions_Module_Manager_Breadcrumbs]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Breadcrumbs&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_breadcrumbs&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Custom_HTML|Extensions_Module_Manager_Custom_HTML]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Custom HTML&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_custom&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Feed_Display|Extensions_Module_Manager_Feed_Display]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Feed Display&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_feed&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Footer|Extensions_Module_Manager_Footer]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Footer&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_footer&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Language_Switcher|Extensions_Module_Manager_Language_Switcher]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Language Switcher&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_languages&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Login|Extensions_Module_Manager_Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Login&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_login&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Menu|Extensions_Module_Manager_Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Menu&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_menu&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Random_Image|Extensions_Module_Manager_Random_Image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Random Image&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_random_image&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Related|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Related]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles - Related Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_related_items&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Search|Extensions_Module_Manager_Search]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Search&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_search&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Statistics|Extensions_Module_Manager_Statistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Statistics&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_stats&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Syndication_Feeds|Extensions_Module_Manager_Syndication_Feeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Syndication Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_syndicate&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_Users|Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Latest Users&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_users_latest&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Weblinks|Extensions_Module_Manager_Weblinks]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Who_Online|Extensions_Module_Manager_Who_Online]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Who&#039;s Online&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_whosonline&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Wrapper|Extensions_Module_Manager_Wrapper]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16_talk:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33767</id>
		<title>Help16 talk:Site Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16_talk:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33767"/>
		<updated>2010-12-28T19:02:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is updated to match 1.6RC1.&lt;br /&gt;
The link below does not yet exist and I don&#039;t know where best to put it. Any ideas?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit|Edit Profile]].&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:LegacyDave|LegacyDave]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16_talk:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33766</id>
		<title>Help16 talk:Site Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16_talk:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33766"/>
		<updated>2010-12-28T19:02:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is updated to match 1.6RC1.&lt;br /&gt;
The link below does not yet exist and I don&#039;t know where best to put it. Any ideas?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit|Edit Profile]].&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16_talk:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33765</id>
		<title>Help16 talk:Site Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16_talk:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33765"/>
		<updated>2010-12-28T19:00:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is updated to match 1.6RC1.&lt;br /&gt;
The link below does not yet have any content.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit|My Profile]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33764</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33764"/>
		<updated>2010-12-28T18:57:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Icons */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Chunk:UserManual_1.6_ManualState_ReviewNeeded}}&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
The Control Panel can be accessed by logging into Joomla!&#039;s back-end. After logging in, the Control Panel will be displayed. To access the Control Panel from another area in the back-end, simply go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Control Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Control Panel provides access to many default Joomla! functions and features. From the Control Panel, you can create and manage articles and categories. Direct links are also provided to the Media, Menu, User, Module, Extension, and Language Managers as well as the Global Configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Site-Control_Panel.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Icons==&lt;br /&gt;
The icons available in control panel are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Add New Article]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Add New Article page, where you can create new content.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Article Manager, where you can manage all of your current articles. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Category Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Category Manager, where you can create new categories, and publish/unpublish existing ones. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Media Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Media Manager, which allows you to manage files on your web server. You can delete existing files or upload different ones from your hard drive. You can also create new directories on your web server&#039;s file system.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menu Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Menu Manager, where you can manage the current menus by creating new ones, deleting current ones, or directly managing each menu&#039;s subsequent menu items. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Users_User_Manager|User Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the User Manager, which allows you to create/delete users, change passwords, modify language and time preferences, and switch which WYSIWYG editor the user has access too.  You can also assign users to User Groups, limiting to which aspects of the site they have access.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Module Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Module Manager, which controls the location and function of modules that are installed on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extension Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Extension Manager, which allows you to add/remove add-ons that expand the functionality of Joomla!. Extensions are used to add capabilities to Joomla! that do not exist in the standard package. Hundreds of Extensions are available for Joomla!, with more being developed all of the time. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Language Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Language Manager, which allows you to manage installed languages by setting one to be the site&#039;s default language. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration|Global Configuration]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Global Configuration. The global configuration has parameters that, when adjusted, will effect your entire Joomla! site. This makes the Global Configuration perhaps one of the most important areas in your Joomla! back-end. Here you can change many options including, but certainly not limited to: Time Zone, Language, Server Configurations, Session settings, and Meta Data.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Template Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Template Manager: Styles screen. Tab access is also available to the Templates screen.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit|Edit Profile]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the My Profile edit screen for the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the &#039;Add New Article&#039; button to create articles quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on &#039;Recently Added Articles&#039; and &#039;Popular Articles&#039; to see which parts of your web site have most recently changed or are most often viewed, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
*All areas accessed with the Control Panel icons may also be accessed from the drop down menus just above them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Add New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menu Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Users_User_Manager|User Manager]]   &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Module Manager]]    &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extension Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Language Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration|Global Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Template Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Admin_User_Profile_Edit|My Profile]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33763</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33763"/>
		<updated>2010-12-28T18:56:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Icons */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Chunk:UserManual_1.6_ManualState_ReviewNeeded}}&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
The Control Panel can be accessed by logging into Joomla!&#039;s back-end. After logging in, the Control Panel will be displayed. To access the Control Panel from another area in the back-end, simply go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Control Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Control Panel provides access to many default Joomla! functions and features. From the Control Panel, you can create and manage articles and categories. Direct links are also provided to the Media, Menu, User, Module, Extension, and Language Managers as well as the Global Configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Site-Control_Panel.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Icons==&lt;br /&gt;
The icons available in control panel are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Add New Article]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Add New Article page, where you can create new content.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Article Manager, where you can manage all of your current articles. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Category Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Category Manager, where you can create new categories, and publish/unpublish existing ones. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Media Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Media Manager, which allows you to manage files on your web server. You can delete existing files or upload different ones from your hard drive. You can also create new directories on your web server&#039;s file system.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menu Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Menu Manager, where you can manage the current menus by creating new ones, deleting current ones, or directly managing each menu&#039;s subsequent menu items. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Users_User_Manager|User Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the User Manager, which allows you to create/delete users, change passwords, modify language and time preferences, and switch which WYSIWYG editor the user has access too.  You can also assign users to User Groups, limiting to which aspects of the site they have access.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Module Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Module Manager, which controls the location and function of modules that are installed on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extension Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Extension Manager, which allows you to add/remove add-ons that expand the functionality of Joomla!. Extensions are used to add capabilities to Joomla! that do not exist in the standard package. Hundreds of Extensions are available for Joomla!, with more being developed all of the time. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Language Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Language Manager, which allows you to manage installed languages by setting one to be the site&#039;s default language. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration|Global Configuration]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Global Configuration. The global configuration has parameters that, when adjusted, will effect your entire Joomla! site. This makes the Global Configuration perhaps one of the most important areas in your Joomla! back-end. Here you can change many options including, but certainly not limited to: Time Zone, Language, Server Configurations, Session settings, and Meta Data.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Template Manager Styles]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Template Manager: Styles screen. Tab access is also available to the Templates screen.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Admin_My_Profile_Edit|Edit My Profile]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the My Profile edit screen for the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the &#039;Add New Article&#039; button to create articles quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on &#039;Recently Added Articles&#039; and &#039;Popular Articles&#039; to see which parts of your web site have most recently changed or are most often viewed, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
*All areas accessed with the Control Panel icons may also be accessed from the drop down menus just above them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Add New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menu Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Users_User_Manager|User Manager]]   &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Module Manager]]    &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extension Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Language Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration|Global Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Template Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Admin_User_Profile_Edit|My Profile]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Help_screens&amp;diff=33662</id>
		<title>Help16:Help screens</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Help_screens&amp;diff=33662"/>
		<updated>2010-12-27T16:13:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Site Menu */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{ambox|type=notice|image=notice&lt;br /&gt;
|text = &#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE READ!&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Help16:Help_screens_styleguide|Joomla! 1.6 Wiki Help Screens Style Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Control Panel|Site_Control_Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
| cpanel/cpanel&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.cpanel.15|screen.cpanel]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Being updated to RC1 by LegacyDave&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Global Configuration|Site_Global_Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Global Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
| config/application&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.config.15|screen.config]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Global Check-in|Site_Maintenance_Global_Check-in]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Global Check-in&lt;br /&gt;
| checkin/checkin&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.checkin.15|screen.checkin]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Clear Cache|Site_Maintenance_Clear_Cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Clear Cache&lt;br /&gt;
| cache/cache&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.cache.15|screen.cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Purge Expired Cache|Site_Maintenance_Purge_Expired_Cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Purge Expired Cache&lt;br /&gt;
| cache/purge&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.tools.expired.cache.15|screen.tools.expired.cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site System Information|Site_System_Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; System Information&lt;br /&gt;
| admin/sysinfo&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.system.info.15|screen.system.info]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Users Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_User_Manager|Users_User_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; User Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| users/users&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.15|screen.users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_User_Manager_Edit|Users_User_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; User Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/user&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.edit.15|screen.users.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Groups|Users_Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Groups&lt;br /&gt;
| users/groups&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Groups_Edit|Users_Groups_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Groups -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/group&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Access_Levels|Users_Access_Levels]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Access Levels&lt;br /&gt;
| users/levels&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Access_Levels_Edit|Users_Access_Levels_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Access Levels -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/level&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Mass_Mail_Users|Users_Mass_Mail_Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Mass Mail Users&lt;br /&gt;
| users/mail&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.massmail.15|screen.users.massmail]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Menus Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menus_Menu_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menus&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menumanager.15|screen.menumanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager_Edit|Menus_Menu_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menu&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menumanager.new.15|screen.menumanager.new]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menus_Menu_Item_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name]&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/items&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menus.15|screen.menus]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/item&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menus.edit.15|screen.menus.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Menu Item Types ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=25%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=43%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=15%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Contact Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Contacts in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Single_Contact|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Single_Contact]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single Contact&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/contact&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Featured|Menus_Menu_Item_Contact_Featured]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Featured Contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| com_contact/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All News Feed Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List News Feeds in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Single_Newsfeed|Menus_Menu_Item_Newsfeed_Single_Newsfeed]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single News Feed&lt;br /&gt;
| com_newsfeed/newsfeed&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Web Link Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Web Links in a Category&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit|Menus_Menu_Item_Weblink_Submit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Submit a Web Link&lt;br /&gt;
| com_weblinks/form&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Archived|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Archived]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Archived Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/archive&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Single_Article|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Single_Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Single Article&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/article&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Categories|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List All Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_Blog|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_Blog]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Category Blog&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_List|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Category_List]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Category List&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Featured|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Featured]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Featured Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Create|Menus_Menu_Item_Article_Create]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Create Article&lt;br /&gt;
| com_content/form&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Search_Results|Menus_Menu_Item_Search_Results]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; List Search Results&lt;br /&gt;
| com_search/search&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Login Form&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/login&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; User Profile&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/profile&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Profile_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Edit User Profile&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/profile&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Registration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Registration Form&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/registration&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Reminder]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Username Reminder Request&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/remind&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset|Menus_Menu_Item_User_Password_Reset]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Password Reset&lt;br /&gt;
| com_users/reset&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Wrapper|Menus_Menu_Item_Wrapper]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Iframe Wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| com_wrapper/wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Content Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Content_Article_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Article Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| content/articles&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.15|screen.content]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Content_Article_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Article Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| content/article&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.edit.15|screen.content.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Components_Content_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Category Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.categories.15|screen.content.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Content_Categories_Edit|Components_Content_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Category Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.categories.edit.15|screen.content.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Featured_Articles|Content_Featured_Articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Featured Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| content/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.frontpage.15|screen.frontpage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Content_Media_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Media Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| media/media&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.mediamanager.15|screen.mediamanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Components Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Banners|Components_Banners_Banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Banners&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/banners&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.15|screen.banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Banners_Edit|Components_Banners_Banners_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/banner&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.edit.15|screen.banners.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Clients|Components_Banners_Clients]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Clients&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/clients&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.client.15|screen.banners.client]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Clients_Edit|Components_Banners_Clients_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Clients -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/client&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.client.edit.15|screen.banners.client.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Tracks|Components_Banners_Tracks]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Tracks&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/tracks&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Categories|Components_Banners_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banner.categories.15|screen.banner.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Categories_Edit|Components_Banners_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banner.categories.edit.15|screen.banner.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Components_Contacts_Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| contact/contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contactmanager.15|screen.contactmanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contacts_Contacts_Edit|Components_Contacts_Contacts_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| contact/contact&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contactmanager.edit.15|screen.contactmanager.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contact_Categories|Components_Contact_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contact_details.categories.15|screen.contact_details.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contact_Categories_Edit|Components_Contact_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contact_details.categories.edit.15|screen.contact_details.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Write|Components_Messaging_Write]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; New Private Message&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.edit.15|screen.messages.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Inbox|Components_Messaging_Inbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; Read Private Messages&lt;br /&gt;
| messages/messages&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.inbox.15|screen.messages.inbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Read|Components_Messaging_Read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; Read Private Messages -&amp;gt; [Message]&lt;br /&gt;
| messages/message&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.read.15|screen.messages.read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds|Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
| newsfeeds/newsfeeds&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.15|screen.newsfeeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit|Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Feeds -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| newsfeeds/newsfeed&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.edit.15|screen.newsfeeds.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories|Components_Newsfeeds_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.categories.15|screen.newsfeeds.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit|Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit.15|screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Search|Components_Search]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Search&lt;br /&gt;
| search/searches&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.stats.searches.15|screen.stats.searches]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-03)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Links|Components_Weblinks_Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Links&lt;br /&gt;
| weblinks/weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblink.15|screen.weblink]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit|Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Links -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| weblinks/weblink&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.screen.weblink.edit.15|screen.weblink.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-03)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Categories|Components_Weblinks_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblinks.categories.15|screen.weblinks.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Ready to Review (updated 2010-10-24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblinks.categories.edit.15|screen.weblinks.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Redirect_Manager|Components_Redirect_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Redirect Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| redirect/links&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Redirect_Manager_Edit|Components_Redirect_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Redirect Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| redirect/link&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Extensions Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Install&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/install&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.installer.15|screen.installer]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Update|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Update&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/update&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Manage|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Manage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Manage&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/manage&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Discover|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Discover]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Discover&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/discover&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Warnings|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Warnings]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Warnings&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/warnings&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Extensions_Module_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/modules&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modules.15|screen.modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Site_New|Extensions_Module_Manager_Site_New]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Site -&amp;gt; New&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modulessite.edit.15|screen.modulessite.edit.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Administrator_New|Extensions_Module_Manager_Administrator_New]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Administrator -&amp;gt; New&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15|screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Module_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modules.edit.15|screen.modules.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Plugin_Manager|Extensions_Plugin_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Plugin Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| plugins/plugins&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.plugins.15|screen.plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Plugin_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Plugin_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Plugin Manager -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| plugins/plugin&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.plugins.edit.15|screen.plugins.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Styles&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/styles&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles_Edit|Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Styles -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/style&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Needs work&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/templates&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/template&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit_Source|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit_Source]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; [Template] -&amp;gt; Edit [Source]&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/source&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Installed&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/installed&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.languages.15|screen.languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Content|Extensions_Language_Manager_Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Content&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/languages&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Language_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Content -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/language&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.languages.edit.15|screen.languages.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Waiting for review&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Module Manager Module Types ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=25%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=43%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=15%|Module&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Archive|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Archive]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Archived Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_archive&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Categories|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_categories&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Category|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Category]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles Category&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_category&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_News|Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_News]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Latest News&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_latest&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Newsflash|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Newsflash]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles - Newsflash&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_news&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Most_Read|Extensions_Module_Manager_Most_Read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Most Read Content&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_articles_popular&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Banners|Extensions_Module_Manager_Banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Banners&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_banners&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Breadcrumbs|Extensions_Module_Manager_Breadcrumbs]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Breadcrumbs&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_breadcrumbs&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Custom_HTML|Extensions_Module_Manager_Custom_HTML]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Custom HTML&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_custom&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Feed_Display|Extensions_Module_Manager_Feed_Display]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Feed Display&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_feed&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Footer|Extensions_Module_Manager_Footer]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Footer&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_footer&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Language_Switcher|Extensions_Module_Manager_Language_Switcher]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Language Switcher&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_languages&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Login|Extensions_Module_Manager_Login]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Login&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_login&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Menu|Extensions_Module_Manager_Menu]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Menu&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_menu&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Random_Image|Extensions_Module_Manager_Random_Image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Random Image&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_random_image&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Related|Extensions_Module_Manager_Articles_Related]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Articles - Related Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_related_items&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Search|Extensions_Module_Manager_Search]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Search&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_search&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Statistics|Extensions_Module_Manager_Statistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Statistics&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_stats&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Syndication_Feeds|Extensions_Module_Manager_Syndication_Feeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Syndication Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_syndicate&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_Users|Extensions_Module_Manager_Latest_Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Latest Users&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_users_latest&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Weblinks|Extensions_Module_Manager_Weblinks]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Who_Online|Extensions_Module_Manager_Who_Online]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Who&#039;s Online&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_whosonline&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Wrapper|Extensions_Module_Manager_Wrapper]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; New -&amp;gt; Wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| mod_wrapper&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16_talk:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33661</id>
		<title>Help16 talk:Site Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16_talk:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33661"/>
		<updated>2010-12-27T16:10:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: New page: This is updated to match 1.6RC1. The link below does not yet have any content. *My Profile&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This is updated to match 1.6RC1.&lt;br /&gt;
The link below does not yet have any content.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Admin_User_Profile_Edit|My Profile]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33660</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33660"/>
		<updated>2010-12-27T16:07:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Icons */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Chunk:UserManual_1.6_ManualState_ReviewNeeded}}&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
The Control Panel can be accessed by logging into Joomla!&#039;s back-end. After logging in, the Control Panel will be displayed. To access the Control Panel from another area in the back-end, simply go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Control Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Control Panel provides access to many default Joomla! functions and features. From the Control Panel, you can create and manage articles and categories. Direct links are also provided to the Media, Menu, User, Module, Extension, and Language Managers as well as the Global Configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Site-Control_Panel.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Icons==&lt;br /&gt;
The icons available in control panel are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Add New Article]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Add New Article page, where you can create new content.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Article Manager, where you can manage all of your current articles. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Category Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Category Manager, where you can create new categories, and publish/unpublish existing ones. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Media Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Media Manager, which allows you to manage files on your web server. You can delete existing files or upload different ones from your hard drive. You can also create new directories on your web server&#039;s file system.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menu Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Menu Manager, where you can manage the current menus by creating new ones, deleting current ones, or directly managing each menu&#039;s subsequent menu items. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Users_User_Manager|User Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the User Manager, which allows you to create/delete users, change passwords, modify language and time preferences, and switch which WYSIWYG editor the user has access too.  You can also assign users to User Groups, limiting to which aspects of the site they have access.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Module Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Module Manager, which controls the location and function of modules that are installed on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extension Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Extension Manager, which allows you to add/remove add-ons that expand the functionality of Joomla!. Extensions are used to add capabilities to Joomla! that do not exist in the standard package. Hundreds of Extensions are available for Joomla!, with more being developed all of the time. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Language Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Language Manager, which allows you to manage installed languages by setting one to be the site&#039;s default language. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration|Global Configuration]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Global Configuration. The global configuration has parameters that, when adjusted, will effect your entire Joomla! site. This makes the Global Configuration perhaps one of the most important areas in your Joomla! back-end. Here you can change many options including, but certainly not limited to: Time Zone, Language, Server Configurations, Session settings, and Meta Data.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Template Manager Styles]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Template Manager: Styles screen. Tab access is also available to the Templates screen.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Admin_User_Profile_Edit|Edit Profile]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the My Profile edit screen for the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the &#039;Add New Article&#039; button to create articles quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on &#039;Recently Added Articles&#039; and &#039;Popular Articles&#039; to see which parts of your web site have most recently changed or are most often viewed, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
*All areas accessed with the Control Panel icons may also be accessed from the drop down menus just above them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Add New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menu Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Users_User_Manager|User Manager]]   &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Module Manager]]    &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extension Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Language Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration|Global Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Template Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Admin_User_Profile_Edit|My Profile]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33659</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33659"/>
		<updated>2010-12-27T16:06:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Related information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Chunk:UserManual_1.6_ManualState_ReviewNeeded}}&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
The Control Panel can be accessed by logging into Joomla!&#039;s back-end. After logging in, the Control Panel will be displayed. To access the Control Panel from another area in the back-end, simply go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Control Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Control Panel provides access to many default Joomla! functions and features. From the Control Panel, you can create and manage articles and categories. Direct links are also provided to the Media, Menu, User, Module, Extension, and Language Managers as well as the Global Configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Site-Control_Panel.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Icons==&lt;br /&gt;
The icons available in control panel are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Add New Article]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Add New Article page, where you can create new content.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Article Manager, where you can manage all of your current articles. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Category Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Category Manager, where you can create new categories, and publish/unpublish existing ones. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Media Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Media Manager, which allows you to manage files on your web server. You can delete existing files or upload different ones from your hard drive. You can also create new directories on your web server&#039;s file system.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menu Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Menu Manager, where you can manage the current menus by creating new ones, deleting current ones, or directly managing each menu&#039;s subsequent menu items. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Users_User_Manager|User Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the User Manager, which allows you to create/delete users, change passwords, modify language and time preferences, and switch which WYSIWYG editor the user has access too.  You can also assign users to User Groups, limiting to which aspects of the site they have access.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Module Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Module Manager, which controls the location and function of modules that are installed on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extension Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Extension Manager, which allows you to add/remove add-ons that expand the functionality of Joomla!. Extensions are used to add capabilities to Joomla! that do not exist in the standard package. Hundreds of Extensions are available for Joomla!, with more being developed all of the time. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Language Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Language Manager, which allows you to manage installed languages by setting one to be the site&#039;s default language. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration|Global Configuration]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Global Configuration. The global configuration has parameters that, when adjusted, will effect your entire Joomla! site. This makes the Global Configuration perhaps one of the most important areas in your Joomla! back-end. Here you can change many options including, but certainly not limited to: Time Zone, Language, Server Configurations, Session settings, and Meta Data.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Template Manager Styles]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Template Manager: Styles screen. Tab access is also available to the Templates screen.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:ADMIN_USER_PROFILE_EDIT|Edit Profile]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the My Profile edit screen for the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the &#039;Add New Article&#039; button to create articles quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on &#039;Recently Added Articles&#039; and &#039;Popular Articles&#039; to see which parts of your web site have most recently changed or are most often viewed, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
*All areas accessed with the Control Panel icons may also be accessed from the drop down menus just above them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Add New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menu Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Users_User_Manager|User Manager]]   &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Module Manager]]    &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extension Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Language Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration|Global Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Template Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Admin_User_Profile_Edit|My Profile]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33658</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33658"/>
		<updated>2010-12-27T16:04:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Related information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Chunk:UserManual_1.6_ManualState_ReviewNeeded}}&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
The Control Panel can be accessed by logging into Joomla!&#039;s back-end. After logging in, the Control Panel will be displayed. To access the Control Panel from another area in the back-end, simply go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Control Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Control Panel provides access to many default Joomla! functions and features. From the Control Panel, you can create and manage articles and categories. Direct links are also provided to the Media, Menu, User, Module, Extension, and Language Managers as well as the Global Configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Site-Control_Panel.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Icons==&lt;br /&gt;
The icons available in control panel are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Add New Article]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Add New Article page, where you can create new content.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Article Manager, where you can manage all of your current articles. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Category Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Category Manager, where you can create new categories, and publish/unpublish existing ones. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Media Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Media Manager, which allows you to manage files on your web server. You can delete existing files or upload different ones from your hard drive. You can also create new directories on your web server&#039;s file system.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menu Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Menu Manager, where you can manage the current menus by creating new ones, deleting current ones, or directly managing each menu&#039;s subsequent menu items. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Users_User_Manager|User Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the User Manager, which allows you to create/delete users, change passwords, modify language and time preferences, and switch which WYSIWYG editor the user has access too.  You can also assign users to User Groups, limiting to which aspects of the site they have access.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Module Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Module Manager, which controls the location and function of modules that are installed on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extension Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Extension Manager, which allows you to add/remove add-ons that expand the functionality of Joomla!. Extensions are used to add capabilities to Joomla! that do not exist in the standard package. Hundreds of Extensions are available for Joomla!, with more being developed all of the time. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Language Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Language Manager, which allows you to manage installed languages by setting one to be the site&#039;s default language. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration|Global Configuration]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Global Configuration. The global configuration has parameters that, when adjusted, will effect your entire Joomla! site. This makes the Global Configuration perhaps one of the most important areas in your Joomla! back-end. Here you can change many options including, but certainly not limited to: Time Zone, Language, Server Configurations, Session settings, and Meta Data.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Template Manager Styles]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Template Manager: Styles screen. Tab access is also available to the Templates screen.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:ADMIN_USER_PROFILE_EDIT|Edit Profile]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the My Profile edit screen for the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the &#039;Add New Article&#039; button to create articles quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on &#039;Recently Added Articles&#039; and &#039;Popular Articles&#039; to see which parts of your web site have most recently changed or are most often viewed, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
*All areas accessed with the Control Panel icons may also be accessed from the drop down menus just above them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Add New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menu Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Users_User_Manager|User Manager]]   &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Module Manager]]    &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extension Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Language Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration|Global Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Template Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33657</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Control Panel</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Control_Panel&amp;diff=33657"/>
		<updated>2010-12-27T16:02:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Icons */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Chunk:UserManual_1.6_ManualState_ReviewNeeded}}&lt;br /&gt;
==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
The Control Panel can be accessed by logging into Joomla!&#039;s back-end. After logging in, the Control Panel will be displayed. To access the Control Panel from another area in the back-end, simply go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Control Panel&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Control Panel provides access to many default Joomla! functions and features. From the Control Panel, you can create and manage articles and categories. Direct links are also provided to the Media, Menu, User, Module, Extension, and Language Managers as well as the Global Configuration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Screenshot==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Site-Control_Panel.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Icons==&lt;br /&gt;
The icons available in control panel are:&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Add New Article]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Add New Article page, where you can create new content.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Article Manager, where you can manage all of your current articles. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Category Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Category Manager, where you can create new categories, and publish/unpublish existing ones. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Media Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Media Manager, which allows you to manage files on your web server. You can delete existing files or upload different ones from your hard drive. You can also create new directories on your web server&#039;s file system.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menu Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Menu Manager, where you can manage the current menus by creating new ones, deleting current ones, or directly managing each menu&#039;s subsequent menu items. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Users_User_Manager|User Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the User Manager, which allows you to create/delete users, change passwords, modify language and time preferences, and switch which WYSIWYG editor the user has access too.  You can also assign users to User Groups, limiting to which aspects of the site they have access.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Module Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Module Manager, which controls the location and function of modules that are installed on the site. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extension Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Extension Manager, which allows you to add/remove add-ons that expand the functionality of Joomla!. Extensions are used to add capabilities to Joomla! that do not exist in the standard package. Hundreds of Extensions are available for Joomla!, with more being developed all of the time. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Language Manager]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Language Manager, which allows you to manage installed languages by setting one to be the site&#039;s default language. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration|Global Configuration]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Global Configuration. The global configuration has parameters that, when adjusted, will effect your entire Joomla! site. This makes the Global Configuration perhaps one of the most important areas in your Joomla! back-end. Here you can change many options including, but certainly not limited to: Time Zone, Language, Server Configurations, Session settings, and Meta Data.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Template Manager Styles]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the Template Manager: Styles screen. Tab access is also available to the Templates screen.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Help16:ADMIN_USER_PROFILE_EDIT|Edit Profile]].&#039;&#039;&#039; Opens the My Profile edit screen for the administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the &#039;Add New Article&#039; button to create articles quickly.&lt;br /&gt;
*Click on &#039;Recently Added Articles&#039; and &#039;Popular Articles&#039; to see which parts of your web site have most recently changed or are most often viewed, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
*All areas accessed with the Control Panel icons may also be accessed from the drop down menus just above them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related information==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Add New Article]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Article Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Category Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Media Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menu Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Users_User_Manager|User Manager]]   &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Module Manager]]    &lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extension Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Language Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Help16:Site_Global_Configuration|Global Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-Site-Control_Panel.png&amp;diff=33656</id>
		<title>File:Help16-Site-Control Panel.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=File:Help16-Site-Control_Panel.png&amp;diff=33656"/>
		<updated>2010-12-27T15:36:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: uploaded a new version of &amp;quot;Image:Help16-Site-Control Panel.png&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Opening control panel page.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Help_screens&amp;diff=29234</id>
		<title>Help16:Help screens</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Help_screens&amp;diff=29234"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T17:11:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Site Menu */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{ambox|type=notice|image=notice&lt;br /&gt;
|text = &#039;&#039;&#039;PLEASE READ!&#039;&#039;&#039; [[Help16:Help_screens_styleguide|Joomla! 1.6 Wiki Help Screens Style Guide]]&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Control Panel|Site_Control_Panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Control Panel&lt;br /&gt;
| cpanel/cpanel&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.cpanel.15|screen.cpanel]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Global Configuration|Site_Global_Configuration]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Global Configuration&lt;br /&gt;
| config/application&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.config.15|screen.config]]&lt;br /&gt;
| review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Global Check-in|Site_Maintenance_Global_Check-in]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Global Check-in&lt;br /&gt;
| checkin/checkin&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.checkin.15|screen.checkin]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Josh (coder4life)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Clear Cache|Site_Maintenance_Clear_Cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Clear Cache&lt;br /&gt;
| cache/cache&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.cache.15|screen.cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Josh (coder4life)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site Maintenance Purge Expired Cache|Site_Maintenance_Purge_Expired_Cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; Site Maintenance -&amp;gt; Purge Expired Cache&lt;br /&gt;
| cache/purge&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.tools.expired.cache.15|screen.tools.expired.cache]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Josh (coder4life)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Site System Information|Site_System_Information]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Site -&amp;gt; System Information&lt;br /&gt;
| admin/sysinfo&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.system.info.15|screen.system.info]]&lt;br /&gt;
|  Josh (coder4life)&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Users Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_User_Manager|Users_User_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; User Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| users/users&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.15|screen.users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Javier Ballester&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_User_Manager_Edit|Users_User_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; User Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/user&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.edit.15|screen.users.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Javier Ballester&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Groups|Users_Groups]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Groups&lt;br /&gt;
| users/groups&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Javier Ballester&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Groups_Edit|Users_Groups_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Groups -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/group&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Javier Ballester&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Access_Levels|Users_Access_Levels]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Access Levels&lt;br /&gt;
| users/levels&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Javier Ballester&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Access_Levels_Edit|Users_Access_Levels_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Access Levels -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| users/level&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Javier Ballester&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Users_Mass_Mail_Users|Users_Mass_Mail_Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Users -&amp;gt; Mass Mail Users&lt;br /&gt;
| users/mail&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.users.massmail.15|screen.users.massmail]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Javier Ballester&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Menus Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager|Menus_Menu_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menus&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menumanager.15|screen.menumanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Isac Benvenuti&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Manager_Edit|Menus_Menu_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; Menu Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/menu&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menumanager.new.15|screen.menumanager.new]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Gauurang Khanna&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager|Menus_Menu_Item_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name]&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/items&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menus.15|screen.menus]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Gauurang Khanna&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit|Menus_Menu_Item_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Menus -&amp;gt; [Menu name] -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| menus/item&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.menus.edit.15|screen.menus.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Gauurang Khanna&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Content Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Article_Manager|Content_Article_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Article Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| content/articles&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.15|screen.content]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Anja Hage&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Article_Manager_Edit|Content_Article_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Article Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| content/article&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.edit.15|screen.content.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Anja Hage&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Content_Categories|Components_Content_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Category Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.categories.15|screen.content.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Anja Hage&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Content_Categories_Edit|Components_Content_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Category Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.content.categories.edit.15|screen.content.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Anja Hage&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Featured_Articles|Content_Featured_Articles]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Featured Articles&lt;br /&gt;
| content/featured&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.frontpage.15|screen.frontpage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Anja Hage&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Content_Media_Manager|Content_Media_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Content -&amp;gt; Media Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| media/media&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.mediamanager.15|screen.mediamanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Anja Hage&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Components Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Banners|Components_Banners_Banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Banners&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/banners&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.15|screen.banners]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Banners_Edit|Components_Banners_Banners_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/banner&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.edit.15|screen.banners.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Clients|Components_Banners_Clients]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Clients&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/clients&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.client.15|screen.banners.client]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Clients_Edit|Components_Banners_Clients_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Clients -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/client&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banners.client.edit.15|screen.banners.client.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Tracks|Components_Banners_Tracks]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Tracks&lt;br /&gt;
| banners/tracks&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Categories|Components_Banners_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banner.categories.15|screen.banner.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Banners_Categories_Edit|Components_Banners_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Banners -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.banner.categories.edit.15|screen.banner.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contacts_Contacts|Components_Contacts_Contacts]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| contact/contacts&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contactmanager.15|screen.contactmanager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contacts_Contacts_Edit|Components_Contacts_Contacts_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| contact/contact&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contactmanager.edit.15|screen.contactmanager.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contact_Categories|Components_Contact_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contact_details.categories.15|screen.contact_details.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Contact_Categories_Edit|Components_Contact_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Contacts -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.contact_details.categories.edit.15|screen.contact_details.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Not started&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Write|Components_Messaging_Write]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; New Private Message&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.edit.15|screen.messages.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Inbox|Components_Messaging_Inbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; Read Private Messages&lt;br /&gt;
| messages/messages&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.inbox.15|screen.messages.inbox]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Messaging_Read|Components_Messaging_Read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Messaging -&amp;gt; Read Private Messages -&amp;gt; [Message]&lt;br /&gt;
| messages/message&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.messages.read.15|screen.messages.read]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds|Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Feeds&lt;br /&gt;
| newsfeeds/newsfeeds&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.15|screen.newsfeeds]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit|Components_Newsfeeds_Feeds_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Feeds -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| newsfeeds/newsfeed&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.edit.15|screen.newsfeeds.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories|Components_Newsfeeds_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.categories.15|screen.newsfeeds.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit|Components_Newsfeeds_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Newsfeeds -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit.15|screen.newsfeeds.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Reviewed by Max&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Search|Components_Search]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Search&lt;br /&gt;
| search/searches&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.stats.searches.15|screen.stats.searches]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Links|Components_Weblinks_Links]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Links&lt;br /&gt;
| weblinks/weblinks&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblink.15|screen.weblink]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit|Components_Weblinks_Links_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Links -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| weblinks/weblink&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.screen.weblink.edit.15|screen.weblink.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Categories|Components_Weblinks_Categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Categories&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/categories&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblinks.categories.15|screen.weblinks.categories]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit|Components_Weblinks_Categories_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Weblinks -&amp;gt; Categories -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| categories/category&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.weblinks.categories.edit.15|screen.weblinks.categories.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Denis Mouraux&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Redirect_Manager|Components_Redirect_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Redirect Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| redirect/links&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Scott Cooper&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Components_Redirect_Manager_Edit|Components_Redirect_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Components -&amp;gt; Redirect Manager -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| redirect/link&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Scott Cooper&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Extensions Menu ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width:100%; vertical-align:top; border:1px solid Sienna; background-color:Cornsilk;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;background-color:Wheat; font-weight:bold; text-align: left;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
!width=20%|Joomla 1.6.x key ref and help screen&lt;br /&gt;
!width=35%|Menu path in Joomla! 1.6.x&lt;br /&gt;
!width=10%|Component/view&lt;br /&gt;
|width=20%|Equivalent 1.5.x key reference&lt;br /&gt;
!width=8%|Status&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Install]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Install&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/install&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.installer.15|screen.installer]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Update|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Update&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/update&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Manage|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Manage]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Manage&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/manage&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Discover|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Discover]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Discover&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/discover&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Extension_Manager_Warnings|Extensions_Extension_Manager_Warnings]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Extension Manager -&amp;gt; Warnings&lt;br /&gt;
| installer/warnings&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager|Extensions_Module_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/modules&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modules.15|screen.modules]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Chris Davenport&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Site_New|Extensions_Module_Manager_Site_New]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Site -&amp;gt; New&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modulessite.edit.15|screen.modulessite.edit.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Chris Davenport&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Administrator_New|Extensions_Module_Manager_Administrator_New]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Administrator -&amp;gt; New&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15|screen.modulesadministrator.edit.15]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Chris Davenport&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Module_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Module_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Module Manager -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| modules/module&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.modules.edit.15|screen.modules.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Chris Davenport&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Plugin_Manager|Extensions_Plugin_Manager]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Plugin Manager&lt;br /&gt;
| plugins/plugins&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.plugins.15|screen.plugins]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Plugin_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Plugin_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Plugin Manager -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| plugins/plugin&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.plugins.edit.15|screen.plugins.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| James Cutrone&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles|Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Styles&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/styles&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Sun Pietro&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles_Edit|Extensions_Template_Manager_Styles_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Styles -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/style&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Scott Cooper&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/templates&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Sun Pietro&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/template&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Sun Pietro&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit_Source|Extensions_Template_Manager_Templates_Edit_Source]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Template Manager -&amp;gt; Templates -&amp;gt; [Template] -&amp;gt; Edit [Source]&lt;br /&gt;
| templates/source&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.templates.15|screen.templates]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Sun Pietro&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed|Extensions_Language_Manager_Installed]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Installed&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/installed&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.languages.15|screen.languages]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Content|Extensions_Language_Manager_Content]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Content&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/languages&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
| Review&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| [[Help16:Extensions_Language_Manager_Edit|Extensions_Language_Manager_Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Extensions -&amp;gt; Language Manager -&amp;gt; Content -&amp;gt; New/Edit&lt;br /&gt;
| languages/language&lt;br /&gt;
| [[screen.languages.edit.15|screen.languages.edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Review&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16_talk:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29233</id>
		<title>Help16 talk:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16_talk:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29233"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T17:10:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: New page: Please review this page. ~~~~&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Please review this page.&lt;br /&gt;
[[User:LegacyDave|LegacyDave]] 17:10, 7 July 2010 (UTC)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29232</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29232"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T17:08:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Mail Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default access level to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Newsfeeds include the authors e-mail address. Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Author Email&#039;&#039;&#039; to use each author&#039;s email address. Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Email&#039;&#039;&#039; to include the &#039;Mail From&#039; email address for each article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Describe what rights others have to use this content.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Choose between transliteration and unicode aliases. Transliteration is default.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Appends the site name to all page titles. (This is what you see in your browser tab.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Domain to use when setting session cookies. precede with &#039;.&#039; to make valid for all subdomains. Example: .MyDomain.org&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Path for which the cookie is valid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to yes, enables the modules to be displayed when tp=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; is added to the url. (We can now turn this off)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Select the security modle your SMTP server uses - Default is None. Options are SSL and TTL.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Most unsecure servers use port 25 and most secure servers use port 465.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! version 1.6 will install with the same familiar back-end permissions as that of version 1.5. However, with 1.6, you can easily change these to suit the needs of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The permissions for each action are inherited from the level above in the permission hierarchy and from a group&#039;s parent group. Let&#039;s see how this works. The top level for this is the entire site. This is set up in the Site-&amp;gt;Global Configuration-&amp;gt;Permissions, as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen_global_config_permissions_20091018.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
The options for each value are Not Set (shown as &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;), Allow, or Deny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to notice is the column headings, Admin, Login, Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, Edit State. These are the actions that a use can perform on an object in Joomla. The specific meaning of each action depends on the context. For the Global Configuration screen, they are defined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Admin&#039;&#039;&#039;. Grants the user &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot; status. Users with this permission can do anything on the site. Only users with this permission can change Global Configuration settings (this screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Login&#039;&#039;&#039;. Login to the back end or front end of the site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;. Open the component manger screens (User Manager, Menu Manager, Article Manager, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Create&#039;&#039;&#039;. Create new objects (for example, users, menu items, articles, weblinks, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;. Delete existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Edit existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Change object state (Publish, Unpublish, Archive, and Trash)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, we have the Groups for the site. In this case, we have the standard 7 groups that we had in version 1.5 plus we have an additional group called &amp;quot;Park Rangers&amp;quot;. Notice that our groups are set up with similar permissions as they were for version 1.5. Keep in mind that we can change any of these permissions to make the security work the way we want. Let&#039;s go through this to see how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;&#039; has everything set to &amp;quot;...&amp;quot; or not set. The default in this case is for no permissions. So, as you would expect, the Public group has no special permissions. Also, it is important to note that, since nothing is set to Deny, all of these permissions may be overridden by child groups or by lower levels in the permission hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;&#039; is the same a Public except for the Allow permission for the Login action. This means that members of the Registered group can login to the site.   Since default permissions are inherited, this means that, unless a child group overrides this permission, all child groups of the Registered group will be able to login as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; group members have permissions for Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, and Edit State. This means that members of this group, by default, can do everything except be a &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot;. They can open the different component manager screens (User Manager, Article Manager, and so on) and can create, delete, edit, and change the state of these objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; is a &amp;quot;child&amp;quot; group of the Administrator group. So, by default, the Manager group inherits all of the same permissions as the Administrator group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Park Rangers&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039; both are children of the Registered group and inherit that group&#039;s default permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;&#039; is a child of the Publishers group and inherits its permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;  is a child of the Editor group and inherits its permissions. Since Publishers, Editor, and Author have no back-end permissions, we will discuss them below, when we discuss front-end permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Super Users&#039;&#039;&#039; group has the Allow permission for the Admin action. Because of this, members of this group have super user permissions throughout the site. They are the only users who can access and edit values on the Global Configuration screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two very important points to understand from this screen. The first is to see how the permissions can be inherited from the parent Group. The second is to see how you can control the default permissions by Group and by Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provides a lot of flexibility. For example, if you wanted Park Rangers to be able to have the ability to login to the back end, you could just change their Login value to &amp;quot;Allow&amp;quot;. If you wanted to not allow members of Administrator group to delete objects or change their state, you would change their permissions in these columns to Inherit (or Deny).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save| Save}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose| Save &amp;amp; Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_button_OptionsCancel| Cancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help| Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29231</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29231"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T17:03:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Debug Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default access level to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Newsfeeds include the authors e-mail address. Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Author Email&#039;&#039;&#039; to use each author&#039;s email address. Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Email&#039;&#039;&#039; to include the &#039;Mail From&#039; email address for each article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Describe what rights others have to use this content.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Choose between transliteration and unicode aliases. Transliteration is default.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Appends the site name to all page titles. (This is what you see in your browser tab.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Domain to use when setting session cookies. precede with &#039;.&#039; to make valid for all subdomains. Example: .MyDomain.org&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Path for which the cookie is valid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. If set to yes, enables the modules to be displayed when tp=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot; is added to the url. (We can now turn this off)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! version 1.6 will install with the same familiar back-end permissions as that of version 1.5. However, with 1.6, you can easily change these to suit the needs of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The permissions for each action are inherited from the level above in the permission hierarchy and from a group&#039;s parent group. Let&#039;s see how this works. The top level for this is the entire site. This is set up in the Site-&amp;gt;Global Configuration-&amp;gt;Permissions, as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen_global_config_permissions_20091018.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
The options for each value are Not Set (shown as &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;), Allow, or Deny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to notice is the column headings, Admin, Login, Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, Edit State. These are the actions that a use can perform on an object in Joomla. The specific meaning of each action depends on the context. For the Global Configuration screen, they are defined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Admin&#039;&#039;&#039;. Grants the user &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot; status. Users with this permission can do anything on the site. Only users with this permission can change Global Configuration settings (this screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Login&#039;&#039;&#039;. Login to the back end or front end of the site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;. Open the component manger screens (User Manager, Menu Manager, Article Manager, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Create&#039;&#039;&#039;. Create new objects (for example, users, menu items, articles, weblinks, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;. Delete existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Edit existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Change object state (Publish, Unpublish, Archive, and Trash)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, we have the Groups for the site. In this case, we have the standard 7 groups that we had in version 1.5 plus we have an additional group called &amp;quot;Park Rangers&amp;quot;. Notice that our groups are set up with similar permissions as they were for version 1.5. Keep in mind that we can change any of these permissions to make the security work the way we want. Let&#039;s go through this to see how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;&#039; has everything set to &amp;quot;...&amp;quot; or not set. The default in this case is for no permissions. So, as you would expect, the Public group has no special permissions. Also, it is important to note that, since nothing is set to Deny, all of these permissions may be overridden by child groups or by lower levels in the permission hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;&#039; is the same a Public except for the Allow permission for the Login action. This means that members of the Registered group can login to the site.   Since default permissions are inherited, this means that, unless a child group overrides this permission, all child groups of the Registered group will be able to login as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; group members have permissions for Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, and Edit State. This means that members of this group, by default, can do everything except be a &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot;. They can open the different component manager screens (User Manager, Article Manager, and so on) and can create, delete, edit, and change the state of these objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; is a &amp;quot;child&amp;quot; group of the Administrator group. So, by default, the Manager group inherits all of the same permissions as the Administrator group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Park Rangers&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039; both are children of the Registered group and inherit that group&#039;s default permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;&#039; is a child of the Publishers group and inherits its permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;  is a child of the Editor group and inherits its permissions. Since Publishers, Editor, and Author have no back-end permissions, we will discuss them below, when we discuss front-end permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Super Users&#039;&#039;&#039; group has the Allow permission for the Admin action. Because of this, members of this group have super user permissions throughout the site. They are the only users who can access and edit values on the Global Configuration screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two very important points to understand from this screen. The first is to see how the permissions can be inherited from the parent Group. The second is to see how you can control the default permissions by Group and by Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provides a lot of flexibility. For example, if you wanted Park Rangers to be able to have the ability to login to the back end, you could just change their Login value to &amp;quot;Allow&amp;quot;. If you wanted to not allow members of Administrator group to delete objects or change their state, you would change their permissions in these columns to Inherit (or Deny).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save| Save}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose| Save &amp;amp; Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_button_OptionsCancel| Cancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help| Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29230</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29230"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T17:01:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Cookie Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default access level to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Newsfeeds include the authors e-mail address. Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Author Email&#039;&#039;&#039; to use each author&#039;s email address. Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Email&#039;&#039;&#039; to include the &#039;Mail From&#039; email address for each article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Describe what rights others have to use this content.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Choose between transliteration and unicode aliases. Transliteration is default.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Appends the site name to all page titles. (This is what you see in your browser tab.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Domain to use when setting session cookies. precede with &#039;.&#039; to make valid for all subdomains. Example: .MyDomain.org&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Path for which the cookie is valid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! version 1.6 will install with the same familiar back-end permissions as that of version 1.5. However, with 1.6, you can easily change these to suit the needs of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The permissions for each action are inherited from the level above in the permission hierarchy and from a group&#039;s parent group. Let&#039;s see how this works. The top level for this is the entire site. This is set up in the Site-&amp;gt;Global Configuration-&amp;gt;Permissions, as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen_global_config_permissions_20091018.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
The options for each value are Not Set (shown as &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;), Allow, or Deny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to notice is the column headings, Admin, Login, Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, Edit State. These are the actions that a use can perform on an object in Joomla. The specific meaning of each action depends on the context. For the Global Configuration screen, they are defined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Admin&#039;&#039;&#039;. Grants the user &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot; status. Users with this permission can do anything on the site. Only users with this permission can change Global Configuration settings (this screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Login&#039;&#039;&#039;. Login to the back end or front end of the site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;. Open the component manger screens (User Manager, Menu Manager, Article Manager, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Create&#039;&#039;&#039;. Create new objects (for example, users, menu items, articles, weblinks, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;. Delete existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Edit existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Change object state (Publish, Unpublish, Archive, and Trash)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, we have the Groups for the site. In this case, we have the standard 7 groups that we had in version 1.5 plus we have an additional group called &amp;quot;Park Rangers&amp;quot;. Notice that our groups are set up with similar permissions as they were for version 1.5. Keep in mind that we can change any of these permissions to make the security work the way we want. Let&#039;s go through this to see how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;&#039; has everything set to &amp;quot;...&amp;quot; or not set. The default in this case is for no permissions. So, as you would expect, the Public group has no special permissions. Also, it is important to note that, since nothing is set to Deny, all of these permissions may be overridden by child groups or by lower levels in the permission hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;&#039; is the same a Public except for the Allow permission for the Login action. This means that members of the Registered group can login to the site.   Since default permissions are inherited, this means that, unless a child group overrides this permission, all child groups of the Registered group will be able to login as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; group members have permissions for Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, and Edit State. This means that members of this group, by default, can do everything except be a &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot;. They can open the different component manager screens (User Manager, Article Manager, and so on) and can create, delete, edit, and change the state of these objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; is a &amp;quot;child&amp;quot; group of the Administrator group. So, by default, the Manager group inherits all of the same permissions as the Administrator group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Park Rangers&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039; both are children of the Registered group and inherit that group&#039;s default permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;&#039; is a child of the Publishers group and inherits its permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;  is a child of the Editor group and inherits its permissions. Since Publishers, Editor, and Author have no back-end permissions, we will discuss them below, when we discuss front-end permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Super Users&#039;&#039;&#039; group has the Allow permission for the Admin action. Because of this, members of this group have super user permissions throughout the site. They are the only users who can access and edit values on the Global Configuration screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two very important points to understand from this screen. The first is to see how the permissions can be inherited from the parent Group. The second is to see how you can control the default permissions by Group and by Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provides a lot of flexibility. For example, if you wanted Park Rangers to be able to have the ability to login to the back end, you could just change their Login value to &amp;quot;Allow&amp;quot;. If you wanted to not allow members of Administrator group to delete objects or change their state, you would change their permissions in these columns to Inherit (or Deny).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save| Save}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose| Save &amp;amp; Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_button_OptionsCancel| Cancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help| Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29229</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29229"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T16:57:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* SEO Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default access level to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Newsfeeds include the authors e-mail address. Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Author Email&#039;&#039;&#039; to use each author&#039;s email address. Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Email&#039;&#039;&#039; to include the &#039;Mail From&#039; email address for each article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Describe what rights others have to use this content.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Choose between transliteration and unicode aliases. Transliteration is default.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Appends the site name to all page titles. (This is what you see in your browser tab.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! version 1.6 will install with the same familiar back-end permissions as that of version 1.5. However, with 1.6, you can easily change these to suit the needs of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The permissions for each action are inherited from the level above in the permission hierarchy and from a group&#039;s parent group. Let&#039;s see how this works. The top level for this is the entire site. This is set up in the Site-&amp;gt;Global Configuration-&amp;gt;Permissions, as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen_global_config_permissions_20091018.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
The options for each value are Not Set (shown as &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;), Allow, or Deny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to notice is the column headings, Admin, Login, Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, Edit State. These are the actions that a use can perform on an object in Joomla. The specific meaning of each action depends on the context. For the Global Configuration screen, they are defined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Admin&#039;&#039;&#039;. Grants the user &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot; status. Users with this permission can do anything on the site. Only users with this permission can change Global Configuration settings (this screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Login&#039;&#039;&#039;. Login to the back end or front end of the site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;. Open the component manger screens (User Manager, Menu Manager, Article Manager, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Create&#039;&#039;&#039;. Create new objects (for example, users, menu items, articles, weblinks, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;. Delete existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Edit existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Change object state (Publish, Unpublish, Archive, and Trash)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, we have the Groups for the site. In this case, we have the standard 7 groups that we had in version 1.5 plus we have an additional group called &amp;quot;Park Rangers&amp;quot;. Notice that our groups are set up with similar permissions as they were for version 1.5. Keep in mind that we can change any of these permissions to make the security work the way we want. Let&#039;s go through this to see how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;&#039; has everything set to &amp;quot;...&amp;quot; or not set. The default in this case is for no permissions. So, as you would expect, the Public group has no special permissions. Also, it is important to note that, since nothing is set to Deny, all of these permissions may be overridden by child groups or by lower levels in the permission hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;&#039; is the same a Public except for the Allow permission for the Login action. This means that members of the Registered group can login to the site.   Since default permissions are inherited, this means that, unless a child group overrides this permission, all child groups of the Registered group will be able to login as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; group members have permissions for Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, and Edit State. This means that members of this group, by default, can do everything except be a &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot;. They can open the different component manager screens (User Manager, Article Manager, and so on) and can create, delete, edit, and change the state of these objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; is a &amp;quot;child&amp;quot; group of the Administrator group. So, by default, the Manager group inherits all of the same permissions as the Administrator group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Park Rangers&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039; both are children of the Registered group and inherit that group&#039;s default permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;&#039; is a child of the Publishers group and inherits its permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;  is a child of the Editor group and inherits its permissions. Since Publishers, Editor, and Author have no back-end permissions, we will discuss them below, when we discuss front-end permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Super Users&#039;&#039;&#039; group has the Allow permission for the Admin action. Because of this, members of this group have super user permissions throughout the site. They are the only users who can access and edit values on the Global Configuration screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two very important points to understand from this screen. The first is to see how the permissions can be inherited from the parent Group. The second is to see how you can control the default permissions by Group and by Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provides a lot of flexibility. For example, if you wanted Park Rangers to be able to have the ability to login to the back end, you could just change their Login value to &amp;quot;Allow&amp;quot;. If you wanted to not allow members of Administrator group to delete objects or change their state, you would change their permissions in these columns to Inherit (or Deny).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save| Save}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose| Save &amp;amp; Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_button_OptionsCancel| Cancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help| Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29228</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29228"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T16:50:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Metadata Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default access level to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Newsfeeds include the authors e-mail address. Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Author Email&#039;&#039;&#039; to use each author&#039;s email address. Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Email&#039;&#039;&#039; to include the &#039;Mail From&#039; email address for each article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Describe what rights others have to use this content.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default setting is NO.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is NO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! version 1.6 will install with the same familiar back-end permissions as that of version 1.5. However, with 1.6, you can easily change these to suit the needs of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The permissions for each action are inherited from the level above in the permission hierarchy and from a group&#039;s parent group. Let&#039;s see how this works. The top level for this is the entire site. This is set up in the Site-&amp;gt;Global Configuration-&amp;gt;Permissions, as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen_global_config_permissions_20091018.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
The options for each value are Not Set (shown as &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;), Allow, or Deny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to notice is the column headings, Admin, Login, Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, Edit State. These are the actions that a use can perform on an object in Joomla. The specific meaning of each action depends on the context. For the Global Configuration screen, they are defined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Admin&#039;&#039;&#039;. Grants the user &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot; status. Users with this permission can do anything on the site. Only users with this permission can change Global Configuration settings (this screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Login&#039;&#039;&#039;. Login to the back end or front end of the site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;. Open the component manger screens (User Manager, Menu Manager, Article Manager, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Create&#039;&#039;&#039;. Create new objects (for example, users, menu items, articles, weblinks, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;. Delete existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Edit existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Change object state (Publish, Unpublish, Archive, and Trash)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, we have the Groups for the site. In this case, we have the standard 7 groups that we had in version 1.5 plus we have an additional group called &amp;quot;Park Rangers&amp;quot;. Notice that our groups are set up with similar permissions as they were for version 1.5. Keep in mind that we can change any of these permissions to make the security work the way we want. Let&#039;s go through this to see how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;&#039; has everything set to &amp;quot;...&amp;quot; or not set. The default in this case is for no permissions. So, as you would expect, the Public group has no special permissions. Also, it is important to note that, since nothing is set to Deny, all of these permissions may be overridden by child groups or by lower levels in the permission hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;&#039; is the same a Public except for the Allow permission for the Login action. This means that members of the Registered group can login to the site.   Since default permissions are inherited, this means that, unless a child group overrides this permission, all child groups of the Registered group will be able to login as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; group members have permissions for Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, and Edit State. This means that members of this group, by default, can do everything except be a &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot;. They can open the different component manager screens (User Manager, Article Manager, and so on) and can create, delete, edit, and change the state of these objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; is a &amp;quot;child&amp;quot; group of the Administrator group. So, by default, the Manager group inherits all of the same permissions as the Administrator group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Park Rangers&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039; both are children of the Registered group and inherit that group&#039;s default permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;&#039; is a child of the Publishers group and inherits its permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;  is a child of the Editor group and inherits its permissions. Since Publishers, Editor, and Author have no back-end permissions, we will discuss them below, when we discuss front-end permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Super Users&#039;&#039;&#039; group has the Allow permission for the Admin action. Because of this, members of this group have super user permissions throughout the site. They are the only users who can access and edit values on the Global Configuration screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two very important points to understand from this screen. The first is to see how the permissions can be inherited from the parent Group. The second is to see how you can control the default permissions by Group and by Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provides a lot of flexibility. For example, if you wanted Park Rangers to be able to have the ability to login to the back end, you could just change their Login value to &amp;quot;Allow&amp;quot;. If you wanted to not allow members of Administrator group to delete objects or change their state, you would change their permissions in these columns to Inherit (or Deny).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save| Save}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose| Save &amp;amp; Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_button_OptionsCancel| Cancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help| Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29227</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29227"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T16:49:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Site Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default access level to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Newsfeeds include the authors e-mail address. Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Author Email&#039;&#039;&#039; to use each author&#039;s email address. Select &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Email&#039;&#039;&#039; to include the &#039;Mail From&#039; email address for each article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry. - New Field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default setting is NO.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is NO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! version 1.6 will install with the same familiar back-end permissions as that of version 1.5. However, with 1.6, you can easily change these to suit the needs of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The permissions for each action are inherited from the level above in the permission hierarchy and from a group&#039;s parent group. Let&#039;s see how this works. The top level for this is the entire site. This is set up in the Site-&amp;gt;Global Configuration-&amp;gt;Permissions, as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen_global_config_permissions_20091018.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
The options for each value are Not Set (shown as &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;), Allow, or Deny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to notice is the column headings, Admin, Login, Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, Edit State. These are the actions that a use can perform on an object in Joomla. The specific meaning of each action depends on the context. For the Global Configuration screen, they are defined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Admin&#039;&#039;&#039;. Grants the user &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot; status. Users with this permission can do anything on the site. Only users with this permission can change Global Configuration settings (this screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Login&#039;&#039;&#039;. Login to the back end or front end of the site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;. Open the component manger screens (User Manager, Menu Manager, Article Manager, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Create&#039;&#039;&#039;. Create new objects (for example, users, menu items, articles, weblinks, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;. Delete existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Edit existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Change object state (Publish, Unpublish, Archive, and Trash)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, we have the Groups for the site. In this case, we have the standard 7 groups that we had in version 1.5 plus we have an additional group called &amp;quot;Park Rangers&amp;quot;. Notice that our groups are set up with similar permissions as they were for version 1.5. Keep in mind that we can change any of these permissions to make the security work the way we want. Let&#039;s go through this to see how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;&#039; has everything set to &amp;quot;...&amp;quot; or not set. The default in this case is for no permissions. So, as you would expect, the Public group has no special permissions. Also, it is important to note that, since nothing is set to Deny, all of these permissions may be overridden by child groups or by lower levels in the permission hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;&#039; is the same a Public except for the Allow permission for the Login action. This means that members of the Registered group can login to the site.   Since default permissions are inherited, this means that, unless a child group overrides this permission, all child groups of the Registered group will be able to login as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; group members have permissions for Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, and Edit State. This means that members of this group, by default, can do everything except be a &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot;. They can open the different component manager screens (User Manager, Article Manager, and so on) and can create, delete, edit, and change the state of these objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; is a &amp;quot;child&amp;quot; group of the Administrator group. So, by default, the Manager group inherits all of the same permissions as the Administrator group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Park Rangers&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039; both are children of the Registered group and inherit that group&#039;s default permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;&#039; is a child of the Publishers group and inherits its permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;  is a child of the Editor group and inherits its permissions. Since Publishers, Editor, and Author have no back-end permissions, we will discuss them below, when we discuss front-end permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Super Users&#039;&#039;&#039; group has the Allow permission for the Admin action. Because of this, members of this group have super user permissions throughout the site. They are the only users who can access and edit values on the Global Configuration screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two very important points to understand from this screen. The first is to see how the permissions can be inherited from the parent Group. The second is to see how you can control the default permissions by Group and by Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provides a lot of flexibility. For example, if you wanted Park Rangers to be able to have the ability to login to the back end, you could just change their Login value to &amp;quot;Allow&amp;quot;. If you wanted to not allow members of Administrator group to delete objects or change their state, you would change their permissions in these columns to Inherit (or Deny).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save| Save}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose| Save &amp;amp; Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_button_OptionsCancel| Cancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help| Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29226</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29226"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T16:44:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Site Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default access level to the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - (is this right?) Defalt e-mail to deliver feeds to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry. - New Field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default setting is NO.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is NO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! version 1.6 will install with the same familiar back-end permissions as that of version 1.5. However, with 1.6, you can easily change these to suit the needs of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The permissions for each action are inherited from the level above in the permission hierarchy and from a group&#039;s parent group. Let&#039;s see how this works. The top level for this is the entire site. This is set up in the Site-&amp;gt;Global Configuration-&amp;gt;Permissions, as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen_global_config_permissions_20091018.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
The options for each value are Not Set (shown as &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;), Allow, or Deny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to notice is the column headings, Admin, Login, Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, Edit State. These are the actions that a use can perform on an object in Joomla. The specific meaning of each action depends on the context. For the Global Configuration screen, they are defined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Admin&#039;&#039;&#039;. Grants the user &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot; status. Users with this permission can do anything on the site. Only users with this permission can change Global Configuration settings (this screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Login&#039;&#039;&#039;. Login to the back end or front end of the site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;. Open the component manger screens (User Manager, Menu Manager, Article Manager, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Create&#039;&#039;&#039;. Create new objects (for example, users, menu items, articles, weblinks, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;. Delete existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Edit existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Change object state (Publish, Unpublish, Archive, and Trash)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, we have the Groups for the site. In this case, we have the standard 7 groups that we had in version 1.5 plus we have an additional group called &amp;quot;Park Rangers&amp;quot;. Notice that our groups are set up with similar permissions as they were for version 1.5. Keep in mind that we can change any of these permissions to make the security work the way we want. Let&#039;s go through this to see how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;&#039; has everything set to &amp;quot;...&amp;quot; or not set. The default in this case is for no permissions. So, as you would expect, the Public group has no special permissions. Also, it is important to note that, since nothing is set to Deny, all of these permissions may be overridden by child groups or by lower levels in the permission hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;&#039; is the same a Public except for the Allow permission for the Login action. This means that members of the Registered group can login to the site.   Since default permissions are inherited, this means that, unless a child group overrides this permission, all child groups of the Registered group will be able to login as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; group members have permissions for Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, and Edit State. This means that members of this group, by default, can do everything except be a &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot;. They can open the different component manager screens (User Manager, Article Manager, and so on) and can create, delete, edit, and change the state of these objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; is a &amp;quot;child&amp;quot; group of the Administrator group. So, by default, the Manager group inherits all of the same permissions as the Administrator group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Park Rangers&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039; both are children of the Registered group and inherit that group&#039;s default permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;&#039; is a child of the Publishers group and inherits its permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;  is a child of the Editor group and inherits its permissions. Since Publishers, Editor, and Author have no back-end permissions, we will discuss them below, when we discuss front-end permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Super Users&#039;&#039;&#039; group has the Allow permission for the Admin action. Because of this, members of this group have super user permissions throughout the site. They are the only users who can access and edit values on the Global Configuration screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two very important points to understand from this screen. The first is to see how the permissions can be inherited from the parent Group. The second is to see how you can control the default permissions by Group and by Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provides a lot of flexibility. For example, if you wanted Park Rangers to be able to have the ability to login to the back end, you could just change their Login value to &amp;quot;Allow&amp;quot;. If you wanted to not allow members of Administrator group to delete objects or change their state, you would change their permissions in these columns to Inherit (or Deny).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save| Save}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose| Save &amp;amp; Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_button_OptionsCancel| Cancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help| Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29225</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29225"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T16:31:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Related Information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. TBD&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - (is this right?) Defalt e-mail to deliver feeds to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry. - New Field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default setting is NO.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is NO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! version 1.6 will install with the same familiar back-end permissions as that of version 1.5. However, with 1.6, you can easily change these to suit the needs of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The permissions for each action are inherited from the level above in the permission hierarchy and from a group&#039;s parent group. Let&#039;s see how this works. The top level for this is the entire site. This is set up in the Site-&amp;gt;Global Configuration-&amp;gt;Permissions, as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen_global_config_permissions_20091018.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
The options for each value are Not Set (shown as &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;), Allow, or Deny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to notice is the column headings, Admin, Login, Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, Edit State. These are the actions that a use can perform on an object in Joomla. The specific meaning of each action depends on the context. For the Global Configuration screen, they are defined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Admin&#039;&#039;&#039;. Grants the user &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot; status. Users with this permission can do anything on the site. Only users with this permission can change Global Configuration settings (this screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Login&#039;&#039;&#039;. Login to the back end or front end of the site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;. Open the component manger screens (User Manager, Menu Manager, Article Manager, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Create&#039;&#039;&#039;. Create new objects (for example, users, menu items, articles, weblinks, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;. Delete existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Edit existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Change object state (Publish, Unpublish, Archive, and Trash)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, we have the Groups for the site. In this case, we have the standard 7 groups that we had in version 1.5 plus we have an additional group called &amp;quot;Park Rangers&amp;quot;. Notice that our groups are set up with similar permissions as they were for version 1.5. Keep in mind that we can change any of these permissions to make the security work the way we want. Let&#039;s go through this to see how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;&#039; has everything set to &amp;quot;...&amp;quot; or not set. The default in this case is for no permissions. So, as you would expect, the Public group has no special permissions. Also, it is important to note that, since nothing is set to Deny, all of these permissions may be overridden by child groups or by lower levels in the permission hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;&#039; is the same a Public except for the Allow permission for the Login action. This means that members of the Registered group can login to the site.   Since default permissions are inherited, this means that, unless a child group overrides this permission, all child groups of the Registered group will be able to login as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; group members have permissions for Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, and Edit State. This means that members of this group, by default, can do everything except be a &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot;. They can open the different component manager screens (User Manager, Article Manager, and so on) and can create, delete, edit, and change the state of these objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; is a &amp;quot;child&amp;quot; group of the Administrator group. So, by default, the Manager group inherits all of the same permissions as the Administrator group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Park Rangers&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039; both are children of the Registered group and inherit that group&#039;s default permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;&#039; is a child of the Publishers group and inherits its permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;  is a child of the Editor group and inherits its permissions. Since Publishers, Editor, and Author have no back-end permissions, we will discuss them below, when we discuss front-end permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Super Users&#039;&#039;&#039; group has the Allow permission for the Admin action. Because of this, members of this group have super user permissions throughout the site. They are the only users who can access and edit values on the Global Configuration screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two very important points to understand from this screen. The first is to see how the permissions can be inherited from the parent Group. The second is to see how you can control the default permissions by Group and by Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provides a lot of flexibility. For example, if you wanted Park Rangers to be able to have the ability to login to the back end, you could just change their Login value to &amp;quot;Allow&amp;quot;. If you wanted to not allow members of Administrator group to delete objects or change their state, you would change their permissions in these columns to Inherit (or Deny).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save| Save}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose| Save &amp;amp; Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_button_OptionsCancel| Cancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help| Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29224</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29224"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T16:31:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Related Information */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. TBD&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - (is this right?) Defalt e-mail to deliver feeds to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry. - New Field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default setting is NO.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is NO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! version 1.6 will install with the same familiar back-end permissions as that of version 1.5. However, with 1.6, you can easily change these to suit the needs of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The permissions for each action are inherited from the level above in the permission hierarchy and from a group&#039;s parent group. Let&#039;s see how this works. The top level for this is the entire site. This is set up in the Site-&amp;gt;Global Configuration-&amp;gt;Permissions, as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen_global_config_permissions_20091018.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
The options for each value are Not Set (shown as &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;), Allow, or Deny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to notice is the column headings, Admin, Login, Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, Edit State. These are the actions that a use can perform on an object in Joomla. The specific meaning of each action depends on the context. For the Global Configuration screen, they are defined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Admin&#039;&#039;&#039;. Grants the user &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot; status. Users with this permission can do anything on the site. Only users with this permission can change Global Configuration settings (this screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Login&#039;&#039;&#039;. Login to the back end or front end of the site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;. Open the component manger screens (User Manager, Menu Manager, Article Manager, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Create&#039;&#039;&#039;. Create new objects (for example, users, menu items, articles, weblinks, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;. Delete existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Edit existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Change object state (Publish, Unpublish, Archive, and Trash)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, we have the Groups for the site. In this case, we have the standard 7 groups that we had in version 1.5 plus we have an additional group called &amp;quot;Park Rangers&amp;quot;. Notice that our groups are set up with similar permissions as they were for version 1.5. Keep in mind that we can change any of these permissions to make the security work the way we want. Let&#039;s go through this to see how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;&#039; has everything set to &amp;quot;...&amp;quot; or not set. The default in this case is for no permissions. So, as you would expect, the Public group has no special permissions. Also, it is important to note that, since nothing is set to Deny, all of these permissions may be overridden by child groups or by lower levels in the permission hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;&#039; is the same a Public except for the Allow permission for the Login action. This means that members of the Registered group can login to the site.   Since default permissions are inherited, this means that, unless a child group overrides this permission, all child groups of the Registered group will be able to login as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; group members have permissions for Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, and Edit State. This means that members of this group, by default, can do everything except be a &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot;. They can open the different component manager screens (User Manager, Article Manager, and so on) and can create, delete, edit, and change the state of these objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; is a &amp;quot;child&amp;quot; group of the Administrator group. So, by default, the Manager group inherits all of the same permissions as the Administrator group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Park Rangers&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039; both are children of the Registered group and inherit that group&#039;s default permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;&#039; is a child of the Publishers group and inherits its permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;  is a child of the Editor group and inherits its permissions. Since Publishers, Editor, and Author have no back-end permissions, we will discuss them below, when we discuss front-end permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Super Users&#039;&#039;&#039; group has the Allow permission for the Admin action. Because of this, members of this group have super user permissions throughout the site. They are the only users who can access and edit values on the Global Configuration screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two very important points to understand from this screen. The first is to see how the permissions can be inherited from the parent Group. The second is to see how you can control the default permissions by Group and by Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provides a lot of flexibility. For example, if you wanted Park Rangers to be able to have the ability to login to the back end, you could just change their Login value to &amp;quot;Allow&amp;quot;. If you wanted to not allow members of Administrator group to delete objects or change their state, you would change their permissions in these columns to Inherit (or Deny).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save| Save}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose| Save &amp;amp; Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_button_OptionsCancel| Cancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help| Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Help16:Site_Control_Panel|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;[[Category:Joomla! 1.6]][[Category:Documentation Working Group]]&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29223</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29223"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T16:28:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Toolbar */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. TBD&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - (is this right?) Defalt e-mail to deliver feeds to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry. - New Field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default setting is NO.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is NO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! version 1.6 will install with the same familiar back-end permissions as that of version 1.5. However, with 1.6, you can easily change these to suit the needs of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The permissions for each action are inherited from the level above in the permission hierarchy and from a group&#039;s parent group. Let&#039;s see how this works. The top level for this is the entire site. This is set up in the Site-&amp;gt;Global Configuration-&amp;gt;Permissions, as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen_global_config_permissions_20091018.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
The options for each value are Not Set (shown as &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;), Allow, or Deny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to notice is the column headings, Admin, Login, Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, Edit State. These are the actions that a use can perform on an object in Joomla. The specific meaning of each action depends on the context. For the Global Configuration screen, they are defined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Admin&#039;&#039;&#039;. Grants the user &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot; status. Users with this permission can do anything on the site. Only users with this permission can change Global Configuration settings (this screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Login&#039;&#039;&#039;. Login to the back end or front end of the site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;. Open the component manger screens (User Manager, Menu Manager, Article Manager, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Create&#039;&#039;&#039;. Create new objects (for example, users, menu items, articles, weblinks, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;. Delete existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Edit existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Change object state (Publish, Unpublish, Archive, and Trash)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, we have the Groups for the site. In this case, we have the standard 7 groups that we had in version 1.5 plus we have an additional group called &amp;quot;Park Rangers&amp;quot;. Notice that our groups are set up with similar permissions as they were for version 1.5. Keep in mind that we can change any of these permissions to make the security work the way we want. Let&#039;s go through this to see how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;&#039; has everything set to &amp;quot;...&amp;quot; or not set. The default in this case is for no permissions. So, as you would expect, the Public group has no special permissions. Also, it is important to note that, since nothing is set to Deny, all of these permissions may be overridden by child groups or by lower levels in the permission hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;&#039; is the same a Public except for the Allow permission for the Login action. This means that members of the Registered group can login to the site.   Since default permissions are inherited, this means that, unless a child group overrides this permission, all child groups of the Registered group will be able to login as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; group members have permissions for Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, and Edit State. This means that members of this group, by default, can do everything except be a &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot;. They can open the different component manager screens (User Manager, Article Manager, and so on) and can create, delete, edit, and change the state of these objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; is a &amp;quot;child&amp;quot; group of the Administrator group. So, by default, the Manager group inherits all of the same permissions as the Administrator group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Park Rangers&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039; both are children of the Registered group and inherit that group&#039;s default permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;&#039; is a child of the Publishers group and inherits its permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;  is a child of the Editor group and inherits its permissions. Since Publishers, Editor, and Author have no back-end permissions, we will discuss them below, when we discuss front-end permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Super Users&#039;&#039;&#039; group has the Allow permission for the Admin action. Because of this, members of this group have super user permissions throughout the site. They are the only users who can access and edit values on the Global Configuration screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two very important points to understand from this screen. The first is to see how the permissions can be inherited from the parent Group. The second is to see how you can control the default permissions by Group and by Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provides a lot of flexibility. For example, if you wanted Park Rangers to be able to have the ability to login to the back end, you could just change their Login value to &amp;quot;Allow&amp;quot;. If you wanted to not allow members of Administrator group to delete objects or change their state, you would change their permissions in these columns to Inherit (or Deny).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Save| Save}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_SaveAndClose| Save &amp;amp; Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_button_OptionsCancel| Cancel}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_toolbar_icon_Help| Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.cpanel.15|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.content.edit.15 | Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Global Configuration|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29222</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29222"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T16:18:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Setting Groups */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. TBD&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - (is this right?) Defalt e-mail to deliver feeds to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry. - New Field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default setting is NO.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is NO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! version 1.6 will install with the same familiar back-end permissions as that of version 1.5. However, with 1.6, you can easily change these to suit the needs of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The permissions for each action are inherited from the level above in the permission hierarchy and from a group&#039;s parent group. Let&#039;s see how this works. The top level for this is the entire site. This is set up in the Site-&amp;gt;Global Configuration-&amp;gt;Permissions, as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen_global_config_permissions_20091018.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
The options for each value are Not Set (shown as &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;), Allow, or Deny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to notice is the column headings, Admin, Login, Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, Edit State. These are the actions that a use can perform on an object in Joomla. The specific meaning of each action depends on the context. For the Global Configuration screen, they are defined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Admin&#039;&#039;&#039;. Grants the user &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot; status. Users with this permission can do anything on the site. Only users with this permission can change Global Configuration settings (this screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Login&#039;&#039;&#039;. Login to the back end or front end of the site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;. Open the component manger screens (User Manager, Menu Manager, Article Manager, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Create&#039;&#039;&#039;. Create new objects (for example, users, menu items, articles, weblinks, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;. Delete existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Edit existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Change object state (Publish, Unpublish, Archive, and Trash)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, we have the Groups for the site. In this case, we have the standard 7 groups that we had in version 1.5 plus we have an additional group called &amp;quot;Park Rangers&amp;quot;. Notice that our groups are set up with similar permissions as they were for version 1.5. Keep in mind that we can change any of these permissions to make the security work the way we want. Let&#039;s go through this to see how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;&#039; has everything set to &amp;quot;...&amp;quot; or not set. The default in this case is for no permissions. So, as you would expect, the Public group has no special permissions. Also, it is important to note that, since nothing is set to Deny, all of these permissions may be overridden by child groups or by lower levels in the permission hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;&#039; is the same a Public except for the Allow permission for the Login action. This means that members of the Registered group can login to the site.   Since default permissions are inherited, this means that, unless a child group overrides this permission, all child groups of the Registered group will be able to login as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; group members have permissions for Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, and Edit State. This means that members of this group, by default, can do everything except be a &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot;. They can open the different component manager screens (User Manager, Article Manager, and so on) and can create, delete, edit, and change the state of these objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; is a &amp;quot;child&amp;quot; group of the Administrator group. So, by default, the Manager group inherits all of the same permissions as the Administrator group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Park Rangers&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039; both are children of the Registered group and inherit that group&#039;s default permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;&#039; is a child of the Publishers group and inherits its permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;  is a child of the Editor group and inherits its permissions. Since Publishers, Editor, and Author have no back-end permissions, we will discuss them below, when we discuss front-end permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Super Users&#039;&#039;&#039; group has the Allow permission for the Admin action. Because of this, members of this group have super user permissions throughout the site. They are the only users who can access and edit values on the Global Configuration screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two very important points to understand from this screen. The first is to see how the permissions can be inherited from the parent Group. The second is to see how you can control the default permissions by Group and by Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provides a lot of flexibility. For example, if you wanted Park Rangers to be able to have the ability to login to the back end, you could just change their Login value to &amp;quot;Allow&amp;quot;. If you wanted to not allow members of Administrator group to delete objects or change their state, you would change their permissions in these columns to Inherit (or Deny).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chunk16:Help_screen_component_options_permissions_conclusion}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Save config}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Apply}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.cpanel.15|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.content.edit.15 | Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Global Configuration|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29220</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29220"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T16:16:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. TBD&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - (is this right?) Defalt e-mail to deliver feeds to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry. - New Field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default setting is NO.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is NO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! version 1.6 will install with the same familiar back-end permissions as that of version 1.5. However, with 1.6, you can easily change these to suit the needs of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The permissions for each action are inherited from the level above in the permission hierarchy and from a group&#039;s parent group. Let&#039;s see how this works. The top level for this is the entire site. This is set up in the Site-&amp;gt;Global Configuration-&amp;gt;Permissions, as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen_global_config_permissions_20091018.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
The options for each value are Not Set (shown as &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;), Allow, or Deny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to notice is the column headings, Admin, Login, Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, Edit State. These are the actions that a use can perform on an object in Joomla. The specific meaning of each action depends on the context. For the Global Configuration screen, they are defined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Admin&#039;&#039;&#039;. Grants the user &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot; status. Users with this permission can do anything on the site. Only users with this permission can change Global Configuration settings (this screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Login&#039;&#039;&#039;. Login to the back end or front end of the site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;. Open the component manger screens (User Manager, Menu Manager, Article Manager, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Create&#039;&#039;&#039;. Create new objects (for example, users, menu items, articles, weblinks, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;. Delete existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Edit existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Change object state (Publish, Unpublish, Archive, and Trash)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, we have the Groups for the site. In this case, we have the standard 7 groups that we had in version 1.5 plus we have an additional group called &amp;quot;Park Rangers&amp;quot;. Notice that our groups are set up with similar permissions as they were for version 1.5. Keep in mind that we can change any of these permissions to make the security work the way we want. Let&#039;s go through this to see how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;&#039; has everything set to &amp;quot;...&amp;quot; or not set. The default in this case is for no permissions. So, as you would expect, the Public group has no special permissions. Also, it is important to note that, since nothing is set to Deny, all of these permissions may be overridden by child groups or by lower levels in the permission hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;&#039; is the same a Public except for the Allow permission for the Login action. This means that members of the Registered group can login to the site.   Since default permissions are inherited, this means that, unless a child group overrides this permission, all child groups of the Registered group will be able to login as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; group members have permissions for Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, and Edit State. This means that members of this group, by default, can do everything except be a &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot;. They can open the different component manager screens (User Manager, Article Manager, and so on) and can create, delete, edit, and change the state of these objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; is a &amp;quot;child&amp;quot; group of the Administrator group. So, by default, the Manager group inherits all of the same permissions as the Administrator group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Park Rangers&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039; both are children of the Registered group and inherit that group&#039;s default permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;&#039; is a child of the Publishers group and inherits its permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;  is a child of the Editor group and inherits its permissions. Since Publishers, Editor, and Author have no back-end permissions, we will discuss them below, when we discuss front-end permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Super Users&#039;&#039;&#039; group has the Allow permission for the Admin action. Because of this, members of this group have super user permissions throughout the site. They are the only users who can access and edit values on the Global Configuration screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two very important points to understand from this screen. The first is to see how the permissions can be inherited from the parent Group. The second is to see how you can control the default permissions by Group and by Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provides a lot of flexibility. For example, if you wanted Park Rangers to be able to have the ability to login to the back end, you could just change their Login value to &amp;quot;Allow&amp;quot;. If you wanted to not allow members of Administrator group to delete objects or change their state, you would change their permissions in these columns to Inherit (or Deny).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Save config}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Apply}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.cpanel.15|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.content.edit.15 | Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Global Configuration|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29219</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29219"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T16:10:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Setting Groups */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. TBD&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - (is this right?) Defalt e-mail to deliver feeds to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry. - New Field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default setting is NO.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is NO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! version 1.6 will install with the same familiar back-end permissions as that of version 1.5. However, with 1.6, you can easily change these to suit the needs of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The permissions for each action are inherited from the level above in the permission hierarchy and from a group&#039;s parent group. Let&#039;s see how this works. The top level for this is the entire site. This is set up in the Site-&amp;gt;Global Configuration-&amp;gt;Permissions, as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen_global_config_permissions_20091018.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
The options for each value are Not Set (shown as &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;), Allow, or Deny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Groups==&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to notice is the column headings, Admin, Login, Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, Edit State. These are the actions that a use can perform on an object in Joomla. The specific meaning of each action depends on the context. For the Global Configuration screen, they are defined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Admin&#039;&#039;&#039;. Grants the user &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot; status. Users with this permission can do anything on the site. Only users with this permission can change Global Configuration settings (this screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Login&#039;&#039;&#039;. Login to the back end or front end of the site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manage&#039;&#039;&#039;. Open the component manger screens (User Manager, Menu Manager, Article Manager, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Create&#039;&#039;&#039;. Create new objects (for example, users, menu items, articles, weblinks, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Delete&#039;&#039;&#039;. Delete existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit&#039;&#039;&#039;. Edit existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Edit State&#039;&#039;&#039;. Change object state (Publish, Unpublish, Archive, and Trash)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, we have the Groups for the site. In this case, we have the standard 7 groups that we had in version 1.5 plus we have an additional group called &amp;quot;Park Rangers&amp;quot;. Notice that our groups are set up with similar permissions as they were for version 1.5. Keep in mind that we can change any of these permissions to make the security work the way we want. Let&#039;s go through this to see how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;&#039; has everything set to &amp;quot;...&amp;quot; or not set. The default in this case is for no permissions. So, as you would expect, the Public group has no special permissions. Also, it is important to note that, since nothing is set to Deny, all of these permissions may be overridden by child groups or by lower levels in the permission hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;&#039; is the same a Public except for the Allow permission for the Login action. This means that members of the Registered group can login to the site.   Since default permissions are inherited, this means that, unless a child group overrides this permission, all child groups of the Registered group will be able to login as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; group members have permissions for Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, and Edit State. This means that members of this group, by default, can do everything except be a &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot;. They can open the different component manager screens (User Manager, Article Manager, and so on) and can create, delete, edit, and change the state of these objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; is a &amp;quot;child&amp;quot; group of the Administrator group. So, by default, the Manager group inherits all of the same permissions as the Administrator group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Park Rangers&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039; both are children of the Registered group and inherit that group&#039;s default permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;&#039; is a child of the Publishers group and inherits its permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;  is a child of the Editor group and inherits its permissions. Since Publishers, Editor, and Author have no back-end permissions, we will discuss them below, when we discuss front-end permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Super Users&#039;&#039;&#039; group has the Allow permission for the Admin action. Because of this, members of this group have super user permissions throughout the site. They are the only users who can access and edit values on the Global Configuration screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two very important points to understand from this screen. The first is to see how the permissions can be inherited from the parent Group. The second is to see how you can control the default permissions by Group and by Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provides a lot of flexibility. For example, if you wanted Park Rangers to be able to have the ability to login to the back end, you could just change their Login value to &amp;quot;Allow&amp;quot;. If you wanted to not allow members of Administrator group to delete objects or change their state, you would change their permissions in these columns to Inherit (or Deny).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Save config}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Apply}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.cpanel.15|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.content.edit.15 | Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Global Configuration|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29218</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29218"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T16:06:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Setting Groups */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. TBD&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - (is this right?) Defalt e-mail to deliver feeds to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry. - New Field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default setting is NO.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is NO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! version 1.6 will install with the same familiar back-end permissions as that of version 1.5. However, with 1.6, you can easily change these to suit the needs of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The permissions for each action are inherited from the level above in the permission hierarchy and from a group&#039;s parent group. Let&#039;s see how this works. The top level for this is the entire site. This is set up in the Site-&amp;gt;Global Configuration-&amp;gt;Permissions, as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen_global_config_permissions_20091018.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
The options for each value are Not Set (shown as &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;), Allow, or Deny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Groups==&lt;br /&gt;
The first thing to notice is the column headings, Admin, Login, Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, Edit State. These are the actions that a use can perform on an object in Joomla. The specific meaning of each action depends on the context. For the Global Configuration screen, they are defined as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
; Admin : Grants the user &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot; status. Users with this permission can do anything on the site. Only users with this permission can change Global Configuration settings (this screen).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Login : Login to the back end or front end of the site&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Manage : Open the component manger screens (User Manager, Menu Manager, Article Manager, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Create : Create new objects (for example, users, menu items, articles, weblinks, and so on)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Delete : Delete existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Edit : Edit existing objects&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
;Edit State : Change object state (Publish, Unpublish, Archive, and Trash)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the left side, we have the Groups for the site. In this case, we have the standard 7 groups that we had in version 1.5 plus we have an additional group called &amp;quot;Park Rangers&amp;quot;. Notice that our groups are set up with similar permissions as they were for version 1.5. Keep in mind that we can change any of these permissions to make the security work the way we want. Let&#039;s go through this to see how it works.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Public&#039;&#039;&#039; has everything set to &amp;quot;...&amp;quot; or not set. The default in this case is for no permissions. So, as you would expect, the Public group has no special permissions. Also, it is important to note that, since nothing is set to Deny, all of these permissions may be overridden by child groups or by lower levels in the permission hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Registered&#039;&#039;&#039; is the same a Public except for the Allow permission for the Login action. This means that members of the Registered group can login to the site.   Since default permissions are inherited, this means that, unless a child group overrides this permission, all child groups of the Registered group will be able to login as well.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator&#039;&#039;&#039; group members have permissions for Manage, Create, Delete, Edit, and Edit State. This means that members of this group, by default, can do everything except be a &amp;quot;super user&amp;quot;. They can open the different component manager screens (User Manager, Article Manager, and so on) and can create, delete, edit, and change the state of these objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Manager&#039;&#039;&#039; is a &amp;quot;child&amp;quot; group of the Administrator group. So, by default, the Manager group inherits all of the same permissions as the Administrator group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Park Rangers&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;Publisher&#039;&#039;&#039; both are children of the Registered group and inherit that group&#039;s default permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Editor&#039;&#039;&#039; is a child of the Publishers group and inherits its permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Author&#039;&#039;&#039;  is a child of the Editor group and inherits its permissions. Since Publishers, Editor, and Author have no back-end permissions, we will discuss them below, when we discuss front-end permissions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Super Users&#039;&#039;&#039; group has the Allow permission for the Admin action. Because of this, members of this group have super user permissions throughout the site. They are the only users who can access and edit values on the Global Configuration screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two very important points to understand from this screen. The first is to see how the permissions can be inherited from the parent Group. The second is to see how you can control the default permissions by Group and by Action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This provides a lot of flexibility. For example, if you wanted Park Rangers to be able to have the ability to login to the back end, you could just change their Login value to &amp;quot;Allow&amp;quot;. If you wanted to not allow members of Administrator group to delete objects or change their state, you would change their permissions in these columns to Inherit (or Deny).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Save config}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Apply}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.cpanel.15|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.content.edit.15 | Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Global Configuration|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29217</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29217"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T16:05:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Permissions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. TBD&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - (is this right?) Defalt e-mail to deliver feeds to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry. - New Field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default setting is NO.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is NO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
Joomla! version 1.6 will install with the same familiar back-end permissions as that of version 1.5. However, with 1.6, you can easily change these to suit the needs of your site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The permissions for each action are inherited from the level above in the permission hierarchy and from a group&#039;s parent group. Let&#039;s see how this works. The top level for this is the entire site. This is set up in the Site-&amp;gt;Global Configuration-&amp;gt;Permissions, as shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen_global_config_permissions_20091018.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
The options for each value are Not Set (shown as &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;), Allow, or Deny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Groups==&lt;br /&gt;
Need Entries - This is a brand new group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Save config}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Apply}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.cpanel.15|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.content.edit.15 | Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Global Configuration|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29216</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29216"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T16:00:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Screenshot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. TBD&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - (is this right?) Defalt e-mail to deliver feeds to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry. - New Field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default setting is NO.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is NO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
This is accessed from Site &amp;amp;rarr; Global Configuration &amp;amp;rarr; Permissions. This screen allows you set the top-level permission for each group for each action, as shown in the screenshot below. &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Screen_global_config_permissions_20091018.png|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
The options for each value are Not Set (shown as &amp;quot;...&amp;quot;), Allow, or Deny.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Groups==&lt;br /&gt;
Need Entries - This is a brand new group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Save config}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Apply}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.cpanel.15|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.content.edit.15 | Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Global Configuration|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29215</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29215"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T15:49:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Mail Settings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. TBD&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - (is this right?) Defalt e-mail to deliver feeds to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry. - New Field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default setting is NO.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is NO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From E-mail&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Permissions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Groups==&lt;br /&gt;
Need Entries - This is a brand new group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Save config}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Apply}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.cpanel.15|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.content.edit.15 | Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Global Configuration|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29214</id>
		<title>Help16:Site Global Configuration</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://docs.sandbox.joomla.org/index.php?title=Help16:Site_Global_Configuration&amp;diff=29214"/>
		<updated>2010-07-07T15:47:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;LegacyDave: /* Screenshot */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==How to access==&lt;br /&gt;
To access the page, go to &#039;&#039;&#039;Site &amp;gt; Global Configuration&#039;&#039;&#039; or click the Global Configuration icon from the main control panel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Description==&lt;br /&gt;
The Global Configuration screen allows you to configure the Joomla! site with your personal settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Site==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_Site-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Site Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting shows when the site is offline.  Only Administrators will be able to see the site when &#039;&#039;Site Offline&#039;&#039; is set to Yes.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Offline Message&#039;&#039;&#039;. The message that will be displayed on the site when the site is offline.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Editor&#039;&#039;&#039;. The default [[Content creators#Content_Editors|editor]] to use when creating articles.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Access Level&#039;&#039;&#039;. TBD&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default List Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The length of lists in the Control Panel for all Users.  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;20&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Default Feed Limit&#039;&#039;&#039;. The number of content items to be shown in the feed(s).  By default, this is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;10&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Feed Email&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - (is this right?) Defalt e-mail to deliver feeds to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Metadata Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Description&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the description of the site which is indexed by search engine spiders.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Site Meta Keywords&#039;&#039;&#039;. These keywords describe the site and are the basis for improving the ability of search engine spiders ability to index the site.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Content Rights&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry. - New Field&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Title Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Meta information of each article.  This Meta information is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.  Each article can have its own Meta Data information (set under the &#039;&#039;&#039;Metadata Information&#039;&#039;&#039; pane when creating or editing an article).  &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Show Author Meta Tag&#039;&#039;&#039;. It shows the Author Meta information for articles and is used by search engine spiders when indexing the site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====SEO Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
SEO stands for &#039;&#039;Search Engine Optimization&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Search Engine Friendly URLs&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, URLs are rewritten to be more friendly for search engine spiders. For example, the URL: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/index.php?option=com_content&amp;amp;view=etc...&#039;&#039;, would turn into: &#039;&#039;www.example.com/alias&#039;&#039;.  Most of the items created in Joomla! have an Alias box where a search engine friendly URL can be inserted.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Use Apache &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will use the &#039;&#039;mod_rewrite&#039;&#039; settings of Apache when creating search engine friendly URLs.  Please note: it is advised that you do not modify any &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file without an understanding of how it works. You must use the &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039; file provided with Joomla! in order to use this setting.  To use this file, rename the &#039;&#039;&#039;htaccess.txt&#039;&#039;&#039; file (found in the root directory) to &#039;&#039;&#039;.htaccess&#039;&#039;&#039;. By default, this setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Adds Suffix to URL&#039;&#039;&#039;. When set to &#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;, Joomla! will add &#039;&#039;&#039;.html&#039;&#039;&#039; to the end of the URLs.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;&#039;Unicode aliases&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default setting is NO.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Add Site Name To Page Titles&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is NO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cookie Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Domain&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cookie Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==System==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global_Config_System-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====System Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Secret&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is generated when Joomla! is first installed and is not changeable.  It is used internally by Joomla! for security purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Log folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the logs should be stored.  The Joomla! installer should automatically fill in this folder.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Web Services&#039;&#039;&#039;. This feature enables Joomla! to make RPC (Remote Procedure Calls) using HTTP as the transport medium and XML as the encoding language.  This function should remain on to ensure that many third party extensions works.  The default setting &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Help Server&#039;&#039;&#039;. The place Joomla! looks for help information when you click the &#039;&#039;&#039;Help&#039;&#039;&#039; button (visible in many screens and options of the administration panel).  By default, it uses Joomla!&#039;s main help site.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Debug Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug System&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging system of Joomla!.  When set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;, this tool will provide diagnostic information, language translations, and SQL errors. If any such issues or errors occur, they will be displayed at the bottom of each page, in both the front-end and back-end.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Language&#039;&#039;&#039;. This will turn on the debugging indicators (*...*) or (?...?) for the Joomla! Language files.  Debug Language will work without the Debug System tool set to on.  But it will not provide additional detailed references which would help in correcting any errors.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Debug Modules&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Cache Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Time&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets the maximum length of time (in minutes) for a cache file to be stored before it is refreshed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Cache Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the cache operates.  There is only one caching mechanism which is file-based.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Session Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Lifetime&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how long a session should last and how long a user can remain signed in for (before logging them off for being inactive).  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;15&#039;&#039;&#039; minutes.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Session Handler&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets how the session should be handled once a user connects and logs into the site.  The default setting is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Database&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Server==&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Server-Beta4.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Setting Groups===&lt;br /&gt;
====Server Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Path to Temp-folder&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where files are temporarily stored.  This is filled in by default when Joomla! is installed.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;GZIP Page Compression&#039;&#039;&#039;. Compressing pages typically increases your site&#039;s speed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Error Reporting&#039;&#039;&#039;. This sets the appropriate level of reporting.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;System Default&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Force SSL&#039;&#039;. This setting forces the site access for selected areas under SSL (https). &#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;: you must have set already the server to use SSL. Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;None&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is not activated&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Administrator Only&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is only valid for the backend.&lt;br /&gt;
** &#039;&#039;&#039;Entire Site&#039;&#039;&#039;. SSL is valid for the whole site (front- &amp;amp; backend).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Locale Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Server Timezone&#039;&#039;&#039;. This tool sets the current date and time.  The set time should be where the site&#039;s server is located.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;(UTC 00:00) Western Europe Time, London, Lisbon, Casablanca&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====FTP Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
FTP stands for File Transfer Protocol.  Most of these settings are set during the initial Joomla! installation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Enable FTP&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting tells Joomla! to use it&#039;s built-in FTP function instead of the normal upload process used by PHP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The host server&#039;s URL connecting the FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. The port where the FTP is accessed.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;21&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access a folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password that Joomla! will use when accessing the FTP server.  Security recommendation: create another FTP user account to access the folder where files will be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;FTP Root&#039;&#039;&#039;. The root directory where files should be uploaded to.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Database Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
These settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!  It is advised to leave these settings the way they are, unless you have a good understanding of how databases work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Type&#039;&#039;&#039;. The type of databased to be used.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;mysql&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The hostname where the database is located.  It is typically set to &#039;&#039;&#039;localhost&#039;&#039;&#039; for most servers.  It is possible for the hostname to be located on a different server all together.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to access the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name of the database.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Database Prefix&#039;&#039;&#039;. The prefix used before the actual table&#039;s name.  This allows you to have multiple Joomla! installations in the same database.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;jos_&#039;&#039;&#039;, but this can be changed during initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Mail Settings====&lt;br /&gt;
The mail settings are set during the initial setup of Joomla!.  These settings can be changed whenever needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039;. This setting sets which mailer to use to deliver emails from the site.  The default setting is &#039;&#039;&#039;PHP Mail Function&#039;&#039;&#039;. This can be changed during the initial setup of Joomla!.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Mail from&#039;&#039;&#039;. The email address used by Joomla! to send site email.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;From Name&#039;&#039;&#039;. The name Joomla! will use when sending site emails.  By default, Joomla! uses the site name during the initial setup.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail Path&#039;&#039;&#039;. The path where the Sendmail program is located.  This is typically filled in by Joomla! during the initial setup.  This path is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Authentication&#039;&#039;&#039;. If the SMTP server requires authentication to send mail, set this to &#039;&#039;&#039;Yes&#039;&#039;&#039;. Otherwise leave it at &#039;&#039;&#039;No&#039;&#039;&#039;.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Security&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is None&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Port&#039;&#039;&#039;. Need Entry - Default is 25&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Username&#039;&#039;&#039;. The username to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Password&#039;&#039;&#039;. The password to use for access to the SMTP host.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SMTP Host&#039;&#039;&#039;. The SMTP address to use when sending mail.  This is only used if &#039;&#039;&#039;Mailer&#039;&#039;&#039; is set to &#039;&#039;&#039;Sendmail&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Permissions==&lt;br /&gt;
Permissions are new to Joomla! 1.6&lt;br /&gt;
===Screenshot===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Permissions.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Setting Groups==&lt;br /&gt;
Need Entries - This is a brand new group&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toolbar==&lt;br /&gt;
At the top right you will see the toolbar: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Help16-Global.Config_Toolbar.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functions are: &lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Save config}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Apply}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Close}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{toolbaricon|Help}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Quick Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
* Most, if not all, of these settings can be set once and then left alone.&lt;br /&gt;
* If major modifications need to be made, then consider taking the site offline to test it and to make sure everything is in working order.&lt;br /&gt;
* The settings are saved in &#039;&amp;lt;Joomla! root&amp;gt;/configuration.php&#039;. You have to either activate the FTP-layer or make the &#039;configuration.php&#039; file writable to save your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related Information==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.cpanel.15|Control panel]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[screen.content.edit.15 | Article Manager - New/Edit]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/howto/htaccess.html Info about .htaccess]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;noinclude&amp;gt;{{cathelp|1.5|Global Configuration|Site}}&amp;lt;/noinclude&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>LegacyDave</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>